Order line

This table contains one row for each line on an order.

PropertyValueDescription
DatabaseCompanyThis table is in the company databases.
SQL nameOrdLnThe table name in the database.
API identifierorderLineThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Table no.128The table number in the data model.

The following fields exist in this table:

Account set

Used for determining the tax processing and accounting when the order line is processed.

If the field is not filled in, the system uses the Default account set field from the Company information table.

For example if you have a special offer in connection with a trade fair, and want to post these sales to separate sales accounts, you can achieve this by using a special Account set for these orders or order lines.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Account set texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 18.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Account set in the Text table.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAccount setInteger
SQL nameAcSetThe database field name.
API identifieraccountSetThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2981 
Table 1. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
VAT- and accounting informationTaxAndAccountingInformation
  • VAT and accounting group
  • Account set
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Account. year/period

The accounting year and period.

The field may be in use by external reporting or analysis applications, it is not in use by Business NXT functionality. Value is found based on the Accounting period table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainYear/Per.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameAcYrPrThe database field name.
API identifieraccountingYearAndPeriodThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11025 

Accounting document no.

The accounting document no refers to Incoming accounting document table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameInAcDocNoThe database field name.
API identifierincomingAccountingDocumentNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17920 
Table 2. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Accounting documentIncomingAccountingDocument
  • Accounting document no.

Adm. time

The number of days from the order requirement is identified until the order is sent to the supplier, or if the order must be approved internally before you can deliver the goods.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.

For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameAdmTmThe database field name.
API identifieradministrationTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6381 

Alloc. order line no.

Only used for sales orders and goods consumption lines for a production. Points to the line number of the purchase/production order to which it is allocated.

The value is filled in when running the Generate purchase/production orders processing in the Order table, or manually enter an order number in the Allocated order no. field.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameLnPurcNoThe database field name.
API identifierallocatedOrderLineNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number13875 
Table 3. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Order lineAllocatedSalesOrderLines
  • Allocated order no.
  • Alloc. order line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Allocated

How much of the quantity outstanding of an order line that has been allocated.

The value is updated in both sales orders and purchase/production orders when saved.

The value increases in connection with allocation and is reduced when withdrawing an allocated quantity. The quantity ordered or produced is based on Total quantity minus Reserved quantity in the order line from which the purchase/production order is generated.

If the value in the Allocated order no. field on the production order is deleted, the value in the Allocated field on the production order and the purchase order will be reset. A negative quantity on an order cannot be finished if the allocated quantity is positive.

It is not possible to reduce the quantity without removing the value in the Allocated order no. field and then entering the value again. In order to increase the quantity, the purchase order quantity must be changed first and then the value in the Allocated order no. field has to be deleted and created.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameAllocThe database field name.
API identifierallocatedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6383 

Allocated order no.

Used to link a sales order line to a specific purchase or production order.

The value is filled in when running the Generate purchase/production orders processing in the Order table. By deleting the contents of this field, the allocation is withdrawn.

Note:
When using allocated order a reservation is always made against inflow quantity in the allocated order line, even if Reserve from shipments with inflow qty. has not been selected under Reservation processing in the Company information table. This is done to show that the shipment is reserved and to secure the reservation. By deleting an allocated order number, all reservations that have not been picked or finished are deleted, including reservations made for other shipments than from the allocated purchase or production order.

Order lines can be joined to purchase orders via allocated order numbers to see which sales order lines are allocated to them.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder no.Integer
SQL namePurcNoThe database field name.
API identifierallocatedOrderNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3737 
Table 4. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Order lineAllocatedSalesOrdersWithAllLines
  • Allocated order no.
OrderAllocatedOrder
  • Allocated order no.
Order lineAllocatedSalesOrderLines
  • Allocated order no.
  • Alloc. order line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Amount

The residual value of the order line , in the actual currency.

The value is the product of Price and Quantity, minus the line discounts. As the Quantity field is reduced when finished, it is the residual value of the order line that is displayed. The Price unit, Price qty. and Price factor fields are also taken into account. Totals for the whole order are accumulated in the order head.

Tip:
If the price and amount are to be the same, the quantity can be suggested as 1 via, for example, the To field for the product.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameAmThe database field name.
API identifieramountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2980 

Amount (dom.)

The residual value of the order line , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDAmThe database field name.
API identifieramountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3556 

Amount before discount

The amount before line discounts , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieramountBeforeDiscountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5621 

Amount before discount (dom.)

The amount before line discounts , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieramountBeforeDiscountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5622 

Amount before discount in EURO

The amount before line discounts , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnAmount before discountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieramountBeforeDiscountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7756 

Amount in EURO

The residual value of the order line , in Euro.

If the standard currency, given in the Company information table is defined as Currency type 2 or 3 in the Currency table, the Amount in EURO will be calculated with the exchange rate given for Euro in Sales rate field in the Currency table.

If the standard currency, defined in the Company information table is defined as Currency type 0 or 1, please read the field help for the Currency table for explanation of how the amount in Euro is calculated.
Note:
The column is a calculated column, not stored in the database, which means that Amount in EURO in all tables where it exists will be updated if the Euro exchange rate in Currency table is changed.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnAmountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieramountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7757 

Area

The area of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameAreaLThe database field name.
API identifierareaThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5943 

Area per unit

The area of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameAreaUThe database field name.
API identifierareaPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5927 

Arrival/departure date

The arrival or departure date of the product.

For a purchase/production order the original value is suggested based on the value in the Sent date field plus the value in the Transport time field. Otherwise the options below are used in the following sequence:
  • Confirmed delivery date plus Transport time.
  • Required delivery date plus Transport time.
  • Trans. date plus Lead time and Transport time.
For a sales order or further processing when a product is in stock the original value is suggested based on the current date plus the value in the Assemble time field. Otherwise the options below are used in the following sequence:
  • Confirmed delivery date plus Assemble time.
  • Required delivery date plus Assemble time.
  • Trans. date plus Adm. time, Lead time and Transport time.
  • Order date.

For this field to be calculated, one or more of the delivery date calculation fields must also be selected in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameArDtThe database field name.
API identifierarrivalOrDepartureDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5558 
Table 5. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Stock changeFromStockChangeOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Arrival/departure date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Arrival/departure week

The arrival or departure date of the product saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierarrivalOrDepartureWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5654 

Assemble time

The time it takes to assemble the product. The field is used in connection with the calculation of dates for when the goods enter and leave the warehouse.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameMntTmThe database field name.
API identifierassembleTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6274 

Audit no.

The revision number for the row and is used in connection with client management and prepayment routines that must have this reference.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAudit no.Integer
SQL nameEntNoThe database field name.
API identifierauditNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8591 
Table 6. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Customer transactionCustomerTransaction
  • Voucher jour. no.
  • Audit no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Balance to pick

The difference between the total quantity and what previously has been picked.

This is the maximum quantity which is available for picking and is also the quantity suggested when printing pick lists.

When the structure head is exempted from warehousing, the picked quantity is saved in the structure head. The Balance to pick field is then also calculated. If the Finish picked quantity with menu choice check box in the Proc. method 1 field is selected, the structure head will also be finished when finishing the picked quantity.

If the box to Pick same fraction of structure lines and the Pick complete structure check boxes in the Proc. method 1 field both are selected, the picked quantity is calculated as the share which has been picked. Otherwise the full quantity applies.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierbalanceToPickThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4950 

Barcode

The barcode used to register the product on the order line.

Used to enter product information on an order line instead of entering the product no. By entering the barcode (e.g. with a barcode reader) on the order line the product and product information from the Barcode table are filled in on the order line.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBarcodeText (52)
SQL nameSCdThe database field name.
API identifierbarcodeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4997 
Table 7. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
BarcodeBarcode
  • Barcode

Cancelled

Indicates that the order line is cancelled.

This field is selected when you run the Cancel processing in the Order or Order line table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiercancelledThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6535 

Cap. asset no.

Capital asset number for the order. The field is a lookup to the Capital asset table.

The capital asset can be entered at the order line for accounting purposes if selling capital assets for own consumption or using purchase orders to purchase capital assets.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCap. asset no.Integer
SQL namePropNoThe database field name.
API identifiercapitalAssetNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11015 
Table 8. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Capital assetCapitalAsset
  • Cap. asset no.

Capital asset proc.

Can be joined to a capital asset number once for the accounting, if selling capital assets for own consumption.

Capital assets can be removed from the warehouse via the order module and posted as acquisition of the selected capital asset.

To ensure that the accounting is correct, a separate account set for this routine could/should be set up, in which it is only necessary to enter debit/credit further processing. The account can be directly from the warehouse or another account that is different from further processing for sold goods.

Which voucher series you will use for Activation of capital assets from order must be defined. This will be done in the Activ. Cap. A. Series field in the Company information table.

Entering goods out:

  • Create an order with transaction type 4 - Adjustment/internal issue or 5 - Further processing and with Order type 1 - Normal order.
  • In the order line, call up the Capital asset proc. and Cap. asset no. fields and enter the processing and the capital asset. It is possible to enter new capital assets when you look up in the field.
  • Check that there are values in the Cost price and Price fields. If these fields are not filled in, the function does not work.
  • Finish the order, the stock will be reduced and a product transaction will be created.

See also: Product transaction

Entering receipt of a purchase order

  • Create an order with transaction type 6 - Purchase and Order type 1 - Normal order.
  • On the order line for the capital asset, Visma Business checks the field Exempt from warehousing.
  • If the order line is finished, withdraw the finished quantity. If anything is reserved for the shipments that this line has created, cancel these reservations before entering of the capital asset number is possible. If cancelling the reservations is impossible this line cannot be used and this product has to be withdrawn as a normal withdrawal, see above.
  • This line will be posted to the capital asset, instead of the account, for product purchase. The field for Capital asset proc. is set to 1 - Acquisition.
Note:
Entering a valid value in this field is mandatory, when a voucher line is entered, where the debit account or credit account contains a capital asset no. If not, the voucher line will not be possible to update. On capital asset transactions, therefore the field will always contain a valid value.
The capital asset processing determines which fields in the Capital asset balance table that will be updated and is essential to achieve correct depreciations.
A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Acquisition
To be used on records concerning the main acquisition of capital assets. E.g. cars, or buildings.
2 - Addition
To be used on records concerning additions. The definition of an "addition" is e.g. winter tyres for a car or marquises on a building. Additions can be given a lifetime, that differs from the main acquisition.
3 - Revaluation
To be used on records meant to adjust the total value of a capital asset. An example when a revaluation can be performed is when a very old real estate has a much higher market value, than the book value.
Note:
Revaluation shall NOT be performed when a capital asset has a lower value than expected due to under-usage, in this case the lifetime, and consequently the periodic depreciations, shall be adjusted instead.
Note:
Revaluation of capital assets is in most countries surrounded by legal restrictions and shall be performed only after accurate consideration.
4 - Devaluation
To be used on records meant to adjust the total value of a capital asset. An example when a devaluation can be performed is when the value of a real estate falls under the book value due to a financial crisis or another extraordinary occurrence.
Note:
Devaluation shall NOT be performed when a capital asset has a higher value than expected due to over-usage, in this case the lifetime, and consequently the periodic depreciations, shall be adjusted instead.
Note:
Devaluation of capital assets might be surrounded by legal restrictions in your country and shall be performed only after accurate consideration.
5 - Sale
To be used on records concerning sales of capital assets.
6 - Discarded
To be used on records concerning discard of capital assets.
7 - (Not in use)
Not in use.
8 - Back transfer
Resets depreciation when capital assets are sold or discarded.
9 - Depreciation on investment
10 - Depreciation on addition
11 - Depreciation on revaluation
12 - Depreciation on devaluation
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCapital asset proc.Integer
SQL namePropPrcThe database field name.
API identifiercapitalAssetProcessingThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11014 

Change time in ms

The time when changes were made in milliseconds.

Used in the integration between Zpider and Business NXT. With this field, the changes you make in Business NXT are updated in Zpider immediately.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChTmmsThe database field name.
API identifierchangeTimeInMsThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number14522 

Compensate

How much the customer must compensate of the products returned from hire or loan.

Tip:
If you want to change compensate quantity, you can use the Compensate NOW field to increase or reduce the compensated quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoCompThe database field name.
API identifiercompensateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4473 

Compensate NOW

How much, if any, the customer must compensate now of the products returned from hire or loan.

When you save the value in this field reduces the stock level and is accumulated in the Lost field in the Shipment table and updates the Compensate field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameCompNThe database field name.
API identifiercompensateNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5015 

Compensation price

The product price in connection with hire/loan , in the actual currency.

You can also use the field if the customer decides to buy the hire object.

For hire/loan, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameCompPrThe database field name.
API identifiercompensationPriceInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4475 

Compensation price (dom.)

The product price in connection with hire/loan , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameDCompPrThe database field name.
API identifiercompensationPriceDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4772 

Compensation price in EURO

The product price in connection with hire/loan , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Source columnCompensation priceEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiercompensationPriceInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7823 

Confirm now

How much, if any, you will like to confirm now without printing Order confirmations for sales orders, or running the Confirmed processing for purchase orders.

When you save the quantity is updated in the Confirmed field.

Note:
Quantity confirmed in this field does not update the Confirmed delivery date and Order line status fields for allocated sales orders.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameCfNThe database field name.
API identifierconfirmNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15944 

Confirmed

How much of the total quantity that has been printed and approved in order confirmations, or for purchases; been confirmed using the Confirmed processing.

Tip:
If you want to change confirmed quantity, you can use the Confirm now field to increase or reduce the confirmed quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoCfThe database field name.
API identifierconfirmedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3009 

Confirmed delivery date

The confirmed delivery date.

The value in this field is calculated in different ways depending on the Transaction type:
1 - Sales
The current date plus the values in the Adm. time, Lead time and Transport time fields.
5 - Further processing
The value from the Required delivery date field minus the value from the Production time field from the structure head. If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the value will be set to the date when the product is available in stock.
6 - Purchase
The current date plus the value in the Lead time field.
7 - Production
The value from the Required delivery date or Order date field from the Order table. If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the value will be set to the value from Des. prod. start date plus Production time.
When you run the Confirmed processing, the selected order lines are updated with the date that you enter in the dialog box.
Note:
If you select the Do not enter confirmed delivery date when entering data check box in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table this field will not to be filled in automatically.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameCfDelDtThe database field name.
API identifierconfirmedDeliveryDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3736 
Table 9. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Stock changeFromStockChangeNotOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Confirmed delivery date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Confirmed delivery week

The confirmed delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierconfirmedDeliveryWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5628 

Consigned

How much of the finished quantity has been printed and approved in consignment notes.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoConThe database field name.
API identifierconsignedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3013 

Cost currency no.

The cost currency.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCurrency no.Integer
SQL nameCstCurThe database field name.
API identifiercostCurrencyNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4864 
Table 10. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
CurrencyCostCurrency
  • Cost currency no.

Cost exchange rate

The currency for the costs prices.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainExchange rateDecimal
SQL nameCstExRtThe database field name.
API identifiercostExchangeRateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4865 

Cost price

The cost price for the product , in the actual currency.

The cost price in production orders is updated when the invoice is received, if the product has a new price when it is purchased.

The cost price is retrieved from the Average cost price field in the Stock balance table when order lines have transaction type:

  • 1 - Sales
  • 2 - Hire
  • 3 - Loan
  • 4 - Adjustment/internal issue
  • 5 - Further processing

The cost price is retrieved from the Average cost price field in the Price- and discount matrix table, if have not:

  • selected the Cost price from the price and discount matrix if sold out field under Price/discount processing in the Company information table
  • 0.00 in the Average cost price field in the Stock balance table

and the order lines have transaction type:

  • 6 - Purchase
  • 7 - Production

Reservations are updated correctly upon reservation. If you have selected the Calculate avg. cost price on the order line field under Processing method or in the Company information table, the order line is updated with the average cost price from reservations.

Note:
When the average cost price is being calculated, and the order line is allocated to a purchase or production order, the cost price is always updated with the value from the purchase order even if reservations have also been made against stock. This means that order lines with both allocation and reservation against stock do not have the correct cost price.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameCCstPrThe database field name.
API identifiercostPriceInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2969 

Cost price (dom.)

The cost price for the product , in the default currency.

Note:
If you change the value in this field, the Cost price (dom.) and Cost exchange rate fields are not changed. If you use currency adjustment this produces an error. You must therefore make a change in the Cost exchange rate field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameCstPrThe database field name.
API identifiercostPriceDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4866 

Cost price addition %

The percentage by which the net purchase price after line discounts must increase to match the cost price. Consignment costs are also included in the cost prices. This is only applicable for purchase orders.

The cost price addition is posted to the debit and credit cost addition accounts when the invoice is received on the purchase order. After that it is part of the cost price of the shipment, and it is not posted separately on sales or stock corrections.

If you use cost addition distribution from the order head, this field is calculated based on distributed cost price addition.

The field is suggested from the Product or Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPercentDecimal
SQL nameCstPrAddThe database field name.
API identifiercostPriceAdditionPercentThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4932 

Cost price addition (dom.)

Displays the calculated Cost price addition in domestic amount.

The field displays the difference between Price and Cost price on the purchase order line, in domestic currency. The amount is calculated based on one of two options:
  • Cost price addition distributed from the order head calculated based on the values set in the Order table fields Cost price addition (dom.) and Freight processing
  • Cost price addition % calculated from Price and currency rate on the order line

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDCstAdThe database field name.
API identifiercostPriceAdditionDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15902 

Country no.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCountry no.Integer
SQL nameCtryThe database field name.
API identifiercountryNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17536 
Table 11. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
CountryCountry
  • Country no.

Currency no.

The currency for the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Associate table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCurrency no.Integer
SQL nameCurThe database field name.
API identifiercurrencyNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2972 
Table 12. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
CurrencyCurrency
  • Currency no.

Cust. no.

The customer for sale, hire and loan orders.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Tip:
You can use the processing Split to split the order up into one order per customer.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCust. no.Integer
SQL nameCustNoThe database field name.
API identifiercustomerNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2957 
Table 13. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateCustomer
  • Cust. no.
Product customerProductCustomer
  • Product no.
  • Cust. no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Customer price gr. 1

A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.

Note:
The field is suggested on the basis of the invoice customer number. If you select the Price/discount on buyer check box in the Price/discount processing field in the Company information table price and discount rules for the buyer are used.

Customer price group 1 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 12.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Customer price group 1 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCustomer price group 1Integer
SQL nameCustPrGrThe database field name.
API identifiercustomerPriceGroup1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3755 

Customer price gr. 2

A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.

Note:
The field is suggested on the basis of the invoice customer number. If you select the Price/discount on buyer check box in the Price/discount processing field in the Company information table price and discount rules for the buyer are used.

Customer price group 2 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 73.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Customer price group 2 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCustomer price group 2Integer
SQL nameCustPrG2The database field name.
API identifiercustomerPriceGroup2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5715 

Customer price gr. 3

A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.

Note:
The field is suggested on the basis of the invoice customer number. If you select the Price/discount on buyer check box in the Price/discount processing field in the Company information table price and discount rules for the buyer are used.

Customer price group 3 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 146.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Customer price group 3 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCustomer price group 3Integer
SQL nameCustPrG3The database field name.
API identifiercustomerPriceGroup3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8672 

Customs

The customs duty for the product.

For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmount or percentDecimal
SQL nameCusThe database field name.
API identifiercustomsThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6494 

Del. alt. no.

The delivery alternative. The value is used to retrieve the supplier's product number and description when printing out inquiries and purchases.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameDelAltNoThe database field name.
API identifierdeliveryAlternativeNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4805 
Table 14. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Delivery alternativeDeliveryAlternative
  • Product no.
  • Del. alt. no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Delivery associate no.

The delivery associate.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAssociate no.Integer
SQL nameDelActNoThe database field name.
API identifierdeliveryAssociateNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4924 
Table 15. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateDeliveryAssociate
  • Delivery associate no.

Delivery limit

A value in this field indicates that the order line cannot be part delivered. If several order lines have the same value these lines must be picked together, i.e. none of the order lines can be picked unless all can be picked.

The value itself is not relevant. The reason for having a value rather than a check box is that you can have several group of order lines in one order by assigning them different numbers. The order lines in a group need not be consecutive.

Tip:
Setting the value on just one line is equal to selecting the Pick complete order line check box on the Warehousing page in the Proc. method 1 field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameDelGrThe database field name.
API identifierdeliveryLimitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6371 

Delivery method

The mode of transportation that will be used for the order line.

Delivery method texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 5.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Delivery method in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDelivery methodInteger
SQL nameDelMtThe database field name.
API identifierdeliveryMethodThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4935 

Density per unit

The density of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDensUThe database field name.
API identifierdensityPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6264 

Des. prod. start date

The desired production start date.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameDesProDtThe database field name.
API identifierdesiredProductionStartDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11593 

Description

In the Order line table the Description field is automatically filled when you complete the Product no. field.

If you have filled in the Overridden description field in the Price- and discount matrix table, this description is used. The same applies when expanding structure products that have been given a different description in the Structure table.

When running processing Generate order from the Appointment table, it is the description from the appointment that is transferred and not the product description. If there is no description for the appointment, the product description is used.

When transferring from voucher lines when exporting, the product description is used if not the voucher type processing Voucher text to order line is selected.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainDescriptionText (60)
SQL nameDescrThe database field name.
API identifierdescriptionThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2961 

Disassemble time

The time it takes to disassemble the product. The field is used in connection with the calculation of dates for when the goods enter and leave the warehouse.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameDemTmThe database field name.
API identifierdisassembleTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6275 

Disc. %

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc1PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2976 

Disc. % 2

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc2PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2978 

Disc. % 3

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc3PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6764 

Disc. % 4

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc4PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6767 

Disc. % 5

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc5PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent5The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6770 

Disc. % 6

The discount percent per unit.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc6PThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountPercent6The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6773 

Disc. amount

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc1AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount1InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2977 

Disc. amount (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc1DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount1DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3593 

Disc. amount 2

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc2AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount2InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2979 

Disc. amount 2 (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc2DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount2DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3594 

Disc. amount 2 in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amount 2Euro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount2InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7755 

Disc. amount 3

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc3AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount3InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6765 

Disc. amount 3 (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc3DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount3DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6766 

Disc. amount 3 in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amount 3Euro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount3InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7811 

Disc. amount 4

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc4AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount4InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6768 

Disc. amount 4 (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc4DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount4DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6769 

Disc. amount 4 in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amount 4Euro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount4InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7812 

Disc. amount 5

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc5AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount5InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6771 

Disc. amount 5 (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc5DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount5DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6772 

Disc. amount 5 in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amount 5Euro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount5InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7813 

Disc. amount 6

The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.

If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameDc6AmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount6InCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6774 

Disc. amount 6 (dom.)

The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDc6DAmThe database field name.
API identifierdiscountAmount6DomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6775 

Disc. amount 6 in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amount 6Euro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount6InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7814 

Disc. amount in EURO

The discount amount per unit , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Source columnDisc. amountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscountAmount1InEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7754 

Discard NOW

How much, if any, of the product is not to be returned to the warehouse and must be discarded now when the product is returned from hire or loan.

When you save the value in this field reduces the stock level and is accumulated in the Lost field in the Shipment table and updates the Discarded field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameScrNThe database field name.
API identifierdiscardNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5016 

Discarded

How much of the product is not returned to the warehouse and are discarded now when the product is returned from hire or loan.

Tip:
If you want to change compensate quantity, you can use the Discard NOW field to increase or reduce the discarded quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoScrThe database field name.
API identifierdiscardedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4474 

Discontinued from range

This field is a visualisation of the Discontinued from range check box in the Order line status field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdiscontinuedFromRangeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6537 

Distributed discounts

The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
SQL nameDstDcThe database field name.
API identifierdistributedDiscountsInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4193 

Distributed discounts (dom.)

The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
SQL nameDDstDcThe database field name.
API identifierdistributedDiscountsDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4740 

Distributed discounts in EURO

The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnDistributed discountsEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierdistributedDiscountsInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7764 

Dupl. fields 1

Contains flags for the fields that are transferred from the order head to the order line and from the price- and discount matrix.

The field also contains internal duplications on the order line, e.g. between quantity and incurred. If you override the values on the order lines, the flags will be turned off. You cannot edit this field.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:
Order date
Currency no.
Exchange rate
Seller/buyer
Responsible
Organisational unit 1
Organisational unit 2
Organisational unit 3
Organisational unit 4
Organisational unit 5
Organisational unit 6
Account set
VAT code
Cust. no.
Invoice customer no.
Customer price gr. 1
Sup. no.
Payment supplier no.
Trans. group 1
Warehouse no.
Transf. to warehouse
Required delivery date
Confirmed delivery date
Invoice reference
Incurred quantity
Invoiceable quantity
Empl. no.
Employee price gr.
Wage rate no.
Cost currency no.
Cost exchange rate
Country no.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDupl. fields 1Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDuplThe database field name.
API identifierduplicatedFields1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4596 

Dupl. fields 2

Contains flags for the fields that are transferred from the order head to the order line and from the price- and discount matrix.

If you override the values on the order lines, the flags will be turned off. You cannot edit this field.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:
Delivery associate no.
Delivery method
Transaction type
Expected return date
Trans. group 2
Price description
Price wage sort
Arrival/departure date
Customer price gr. 2
Trans. group 3
Trans. group 4
Price tax code
Price price type
Customer price gr. 3
Transp. agr. no.
Organisational unit 7
Organisational unit 8
Organisational unit 9
Organisational unit 10
Organisational unit 11
Organisational unit 12
Cap. asset no.
Des. prod. start date
Period key
Free 1
Free 2
Free 3
Free 4
Corporate company no.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDupl. fields 2Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDupl2The database field name.
API identifierduplicatedFields2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4923 

EDI status

The status of EDI.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Status

Shows what happened to changes after the import of EDI messages.

Line is edited
Line added by supplier
Line added by buyer
Awaiting processing
DDS reference overflow

Location error

Shows which location roles do not have a value in the EAN loc. code field in the Associate table. If you have selected the Set unprocessed if error field under EDI processing in the Company information table, the order is set to order type 6 - Unprocessed order, if it is an EAN loc. code error.

You can remove these selections manually to run the order.

Customer
Invoice customer
Delivery associate
Supplier
Stock
Product

AutoInvoice

Shows updates made to the order line based on incoming documents received through AutoInvoice.

Rejected by supplier
When set, the order line has been automatically cancelled by the supplier.
Delivery date changed
Order line has been confirmed by the supplier with a new delivery date.
Quantity confirmed
Order line quantity has been confirmed by the supplier.
Quantity partially confirmed
Parts of the order line quantity has been confirmed by the supplier.
Quantity increased by supplier
Order line quantity has been increased based on data in an incoming document.
Product not found
Product number was not identified when the order line was updated while processing an incoming document.
Product replaced
Order line product was replaced based on a change made by the supplier.
Price changed by supplier
The order line price was updated based on a change made by the supplier.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEDI statusInteger
SQL nameEDIStThe database field name.
API identifierediStatusThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6141 

Empl. no.

The employee that is performing the service. The field is used when entering hours.

The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEmpl. no.Integer
SQL nameEmpNoThe database field name.
API identifieremployeeNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2955 
Table 16. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateEmployee
  • Empl. no.

Employee price gr.

The employee price group used as the basis when looking up in the Price- and discount matrix table.

Employee price group texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 14.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Employee price group in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEmployee price groupInteger
SQL nameEmpPrGrThe database field name.
API identifieremployeePriceGroupThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3753 

Enter serial no.

The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.

This field is a visualisation of the Count number from serial no. check box on the Serial number page in theProc. method 1 field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierenterSerialNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6536 

EU goods stat. no.

The number identifying type of product which makes it possible to gather unified data on the same type of product throughout the EU. All deliveries made and received within the EU during the reporting period must be reported in the INTRASTAT declarations.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

This text type domain can hold 10 digits in order to comply with EU regulations.

EU goods stat. no. texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 135.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a EU goods stat. no. in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEU goods stat. no.Integer
SQL nameEUStatNoThe database field name.
API identifiereuGoodsStatisticsNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5026 

Exchange quantity

If the customer finances the purchase of the product by exchanging another product or raw material, you specify the quantity per unit in this field.

For example the amount of grams of gold per unit of a ring.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameExQtyThe database field name.
API identifierexchangeQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4572 

Exchange rate

The prevailing exchange rate.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainExchange rateDecimal
SQL nameExRtThe database field name.
API identifierexchangeRateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2973 

Exchange value

The exchange value.

If you have selected Exchange arrangement in the Proc. method 1 field the value is calculated as the product of the Exchange price field in the Order table, the Exchange quantity field and the relevant quantity in the Order line table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierexchangeValueThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4770 

Exempt from warehousing

The product is exempted from warehousing.

This field is a visualisation of the Exempt from warehousing check box on the Warehousing page in the Proc. method 2 field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierexemptFromWarehousingThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number10928 

Expected return date

The date when the goods hired or loaned are expected to be returned.

The suggested value for the field is the value from the To field plus the Disassemble time field.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameERetDtThe database field name.
API identifierexpectedReturnDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5021 
Table 17. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Stock changeToStockChange
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Expected return date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Expected return week

The date when the goods hired or loaned are expected to be returned saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierexpectedReturnWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5653 

External ID

The external id number.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameExIDThe database field name.
API identifierexternalIdThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15966 

Factor 3

Instead of entering a quantity directly in the Order line table, you can have it calculated as the difference between the To and From fields or as the product of them and the Factor 3 field.

When the quantity is calculated as the difference between the To and From fields, it can be expressed as a quantity, time or date, depending on the quantity format selected in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table. If the Factor 3 field does not have any value in the Order line table, the value in this field will be imported.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFactor3The database field name.
API identifierfactor3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5040 

Finish at

The time of the last finish in the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTimeInteger
SQL nameFinTmThe database field name.
API identifierfinishAtThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6740 

Finish date

The date when the order was last finished.

When finishing the current date is always used for the transactions. You can override the value by entering manually in the Manual finish date field.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameFinDtThe database field name.
API identifierfinishDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6540 

Finish NOW

How much, if any, you will like to finish now.

When you save the quantity is updated in the Finished field.

Limitations to changing the field

You are not allowed to enter a value in this field when:
  • You enter an order line and complete the Product no. and Quantity fields.

    This requires saving before finishing and applies to all transaction types.

  • The shipment in the order line is undergoing stocktaking.

    You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.

  • The customer has a credit limit or credit suspension, and the credit control is active.

    This requires saving before finishing. You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.

  • When you have expanded a structure.
    This requires saving before finishing. You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.
    Note:
    If you have performed a selection of order lines, for example to show only the structure head on a production order, and parameters are defined to finish from the structure head, the hidden lines are processed and finishing is performed for the hidden lines. You are not given a message if something cannot be finished in the hidden lines because it is not available in stock.

Finish 0 and release reservations

If you enter 0 in the field and finish, the reservation is withdrawn and you can print a new pick list. The Finish 0 and release reservations check box in the Order line status field is temporary selected. After saving or processing of the order, the check box is cleared. It is only stored temporarily so that the system can read keying of the value 0 as a 0 entry, because the default value in the field is also 0.

There is also a corresponding field in the Reservation table, but this field does not have the same logic for 0 entry.

Finish negative numbers

You are allowed to finish a negative quantity if you have selected the Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW" check box on the Editing page in the Processing method field. This causes the total quantity to be reduced. If you want to withdraw the quantity and keep it for a later interim delivery, you must deselect Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW", otherwise the quantity will be reset to zero.

Note:
If an order line has a negative quantity, a quantity with a minus sign is suggested in the Finish NOW field. If you enter minus (-) and the quantity, this is perceived as two times minus (-), which is positive. You then receive a message stating that it is not permitted to realise more than is finished, as this does not correspond with the total quantity in the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFinNThe database field name.
API identifierfinishNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4729 

Finish week

The date when the order was last finished saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierfinishWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6541 

Finished

How much of the total quantity that has been finished.

The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Finished field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.

Tip:
If you want to change compensate quantity, you can use the Finish NOW field to increase or reduce the finished quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoFinThe database field name.
API identifierfinishedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3011 

Finished by

The name of the person who last finished something in the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainUser nameText (24)
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameFinByThe database field name.
API identifierfinishedByThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5982 

Font

The font to be used on printouts.

The field shows the font family, style and size within square brackets. In the database there are three separate fields for font family, font style and font size. The field shown on the screen keeps the font size in the database.

Is normally set with the Font command (in the Design group in the Home tab).

The font size may be set as a percentage (e.g. 120) of the normal font size, cf. the Relative option in the Type drop-down list in the dialog box.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFontInteger
SQL nameFSzThe database field name.
API identifierfontSizeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3602 

Free 1

Additional numeric information about the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFree1The database field name.
API identifierfree1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8541 

Free 2

Additional numeric information about the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFree2The database field name.
API identifierfree2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8542 

Free 3

Additional numeric information about the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFree3The database field name.
API identifierfree3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8543 

Free 4

Additional numeric information about the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFree4The database field name.
API identifierfree4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8544 

Free qty. used

The total used free quantity.

When invoices are approved after printing, the part of the free quantity that has been used from the Free quantity field is totalled in the this field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameRlzFreeThe database field name.
API identifierfreeQuantityUsedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5810 

Free quantity

The free quantity for which the customer will not be invoiced.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFreeNoThe database field name.
API identifierfreeQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5809 

Freight 1

These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.

See also: Delivery alternative

Note:
The calculation basis for Freight and customs in % is always price before discount (domestic), as the discount given by suppliers does not normally influence calculated freight costs.

The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.

When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFreight @Decimal
SQL nameDFrAm1The database field name.
API identifierfreight1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5969 

Freight 2

These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.

See also: Delivery alternative

Note:
The calculation basis for Freight and customs in % is always price before discount (domestic), as the discount given by suppliers does not normally influence calculated freight costs.

The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.

When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFreight @Decimal
SQL nameDFrAm2The database field name.
API identifierfreight2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5970 

Freight 3

These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.

See also: Delivery alternative

Note:
The calculation basis for Freight and customs in % is always price before discount (domestic), as the discount given by suppliers does not normally influence calculated freight costs.

The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.

When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFreight @Decimal
SQL nameDFrAm3The database field name.
API identifierfreight3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5971 

Freight 4

These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.

See also: Delivery alternative

Note:
The calculation basis for Freight and customs in % is always price before discount (domestic), as the discount given by suppliers does not normally influence calculated freight costs.

The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.

When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFreight @Decimal
SQL nameDFrAm4The database field name.
API identifierfreight4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5972 

Freight processing

Settings defining the behaviour of the freight and customs of the order line.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:
Note:
These options are only in use for stock increase transactions.

Specify in %

Freight 1
Freight 2
Freight 3
Freight 4
Customs

Calculate customs from

Freight 1
Freight 2
Freight 3
Freight 4

Additional cost distribution

From order line
Amount
Net weight
Gross weight
Volume
Quantity
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainFreight processingInteger
SQL nameFrCusProThe database field name.
API identifierfreightProcessingThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6468 

Friday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD5HrThe database field name.
API identifierfridayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8146 

Friday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierfridayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12449 

From

Used in conjunction with the To field for calculating the quantity.

When the quantity is calculated as the difference between to and from, it can be expressed as a quantity, time, date or factor, depending on the quantity format selected on the Editing page in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table.

In connection with hire/loan, you can enter the hire start date in this field when the quantity format is set to date.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameFrNoThe database field name.
API identifierfromThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2965 

Gross amount

The gross amount , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6249 

Gross amount (dom.)

The gross amount , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossAmountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6250 

Gross amount in EURO

The gross amount , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnGross amountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossAmountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7809 

Gross profit

The gross profit, in the default currency.

The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainGross profitDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossProfitDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3006 

Gross profit in future

The gross profit in the future for the same time limit, in the default currency.

The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainGross profitDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossProfitInFutureDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4897 

Gross profit so far

The gross profit so far for the same time limit, in the default currency.

The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainGross profitDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossProfitSoFarDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4892 

Gross profit total

The gross profit for the same time limit, in the default currency.

The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainGross profitDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossProfitTotalDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4902 

Gross weight

The sum of values in the Net weight and Tare fields.

Prices and discounts can be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary quantity field but also this field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossWeightThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5941 

Gross weight per unit

Calculated on the basis of the Net weight per unit and Tare fields.

The field cannot be overridden.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiergrossWeightPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5923 

Group sep.

Used to restrict the extent of group discounts or group totals.

On the Misc. page in the Proc. method 1 field you can configure a product to be used as a Group discount or Group total. When using several group discount on an order, those can be linked into one. If they is to be handled separately you can add a value in this field.

Group discounts and totals are calculated by the above order lines up to any initial group separator and can be combined in an unlimited number of levels. This field indicates the beginning of the group.

When you use groups inside other groups without a group separator in between, you produce chain discounts/additions of discounts/additions granted previously.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainGroup sep.Integer
SQL nameGrSepThe database field name.
API identifiergroupSeparatorsThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5011 

Height per unit

The height of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameHgtUThe database field name.
API identifierheightPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5926 

Hire period

The number of days of the hire/loan period.

This is in addition to the normal quantity field, which shows the number of copies hired/loaned.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainHire periodInteger
SQL nameTenancyThe database field name.
API identifierhirePeriodThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6170 

Inc. cost

The total incurred costs , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCIncCstThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3005 

Inc. cost (dom.)

The total incurred costs , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
SQL nameIncCstThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4868 

Inc. cost future

The future incurred costs that have not yet been invoiced , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCIncIFThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostInFutureInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4905 

Inc. cost future (dom.)

The future incurred costs that have not yet been invoiced , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameIncIFThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostInFutureDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4896 

Inc. cost so far

The incurred costs so far , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCIncSFThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostSoFarInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4904 

Inc. cost so far (dom.)

The incurred costs so far , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameIncSFThe database field name.
API identifierincurredCostSoFarDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4891 

Inc. cost total

The total incurred cost , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierincurredCostTotalInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4906 

Inc. cost total (dom.)

The total incurred cost , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierincurredCostTotalDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4901 

Incurred

How much has been consumed. For various reasons, this may deviate from the invoiceable quantity. The field is relevant only for sales.

The incurred quantity is divided by the same share as the Quantity field on finishing so that the field shows the remaining incurred quantity in the order line. It is enough to enter either the quantity or the incurred quantity if they are the same.
Note:
The field is not calculated for transaction type 4 - Adjustment/internal issue and 5 - Further processing, as these are realised directly on finishing. Therefore the Inc. cost field is not calculated.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoRegThe database field name.
API identifierincurredThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2967 

Incurred finished

How much of the total quantity has been finished and is split on finishing.

Note:
The field is not used with transaction type 4 - Adjustment/internal issue and 5 - Further processing.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameFinIncThe database field name.
API identifierincurredFinishedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4756 

Incurred outstanding

The incurred quantity which remains to be finished.

Note:
The field is not used with transaction type 4 - Adjustment/internal issue and 5 - Further processing.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierincurredOutstandingThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4760 

Incurred total

The total incurred quantity.

This is the sum of the Incurred finished and Incurred outstanding fields. The field is assigned the value you entered in the Incurred field and remains unchanged when you finish. If you change the Incurred field, the value increases or decreases.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierincurredTotalThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4757 

Inquired

How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved in inquiries.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoInqThe database field name.
API identifierinquiredThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3762 

Invoice customer no.

If the person paying the invoice is not the customer, it can be entered here. Used by the Split processing to split the order up into one order per customer.

If the Invoice customer no. field is filled in in the order head, you cannot edit the Invoice customer no. field in order lines.

When you enter a customer number in the Cust. no. field in the order head, the Invoice customer no. field in the order line is given the same value. This means that the Invoice customer no. field always has a value in the order head when you invoice a customer. You can therefore only edit the Invoice customer no. field in order lines when you are using the Split processing for an order, as you are then not entering the customer number in the order head, but in the order lines.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainCust. no.Integer
SQL nameInvoCustThe database field name.
API identifierinvoiceCustomerNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3754 
Table 18. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateInvoiceCustomer
  • Invoice customer no.

Invoice no.

The last document number of the invoice printed for the order.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDoc. no.Text (40)
SQL nameInvoNoThe database field name.
API identifierinvoiceNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number13781 

Invoice NOW

You can use this field when you receive invoices for parts of a purchase order line.

When you save the quantity is updated in the Invoiced/realised field.

You cannot invoice more than what is finished and not previously realised.

It is not permitted to withdraw realisation. If necessary, you must do this via crediting.

This field is blocked for use by production orders and you can only approve (receive invoice) for the entire production. You must do this from the order head.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameRlzNThe database field name.
API identifierinvoiceNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5006 

Invoice reference

The number of the invoice to which the credit note refers. This is used as a cross reference in the debtors/creditors ledger entries so that it is possible to match credit notes to invoices.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDoc. no.Text (40)
SQL nameInvoRefThe database field name.
API identifierinvoiceReferenceThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4600 

Invoiceable amount

The invoiceable amount , in the actual currency.

On saving, an order line is produced for each breakline in which the field is filled in and where the value is different to the Amount field.
Tip:
If you would like to create adjustment lines per employee or department, you must use this field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
SQL nameOvCNOSmThe database field name.
API identifierinvoiceableAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7215 

Invoiceable amount in EURO

The invoiceable amount , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnInvoiceable amountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoiceableAmountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7804 

Invoiced amount in future

The total for the order line in the future , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameInvoIFThe database field name.
API identifierinvoicedAmountInFutureInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4894 

Invoiced amount in future (dom.)

The total for the order line in the future , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDInvoIFThe database field name.
API identifierinvoicedAmountInFutureDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4895 

Invoiced amount in future in EURO

The total for the order line in the future , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnInvoiced amount in futureEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountInFutureInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7807 

Invoiced amount NOW

Calculated on basis of the Invoice NOW and the Price field for purchase order lines , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountNowInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6589 

Invoiced amount NOW in EURO

Calculated on basis of the Invoice NOW and the Price field for purchase order lines , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnInvoiced amount NOWEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountNowInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7805 

Invoiced amount so far

The total for the sales order line so far , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameInvoSFThe database field name.
API identifierinvoicedAmountSoFarInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4889 

Invoiced amount so far (dom.)

The total for the sales order line so far , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDInvoSFThe database field name.
API identifierinvoicedAmountSoFarDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4890 

Invoiced amount so far in EURO

The total for the sales order line so far , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnInvoiced amount so farEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountSoFarInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7806 

Invoiced amount total (dom.)

The total invoiced amount for the order line , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountTotalDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4900 

Invoiced amount total

The total invoiced amount for the order line , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountTotalInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4899 

Invoiced amount total in EURO

The total invoiced amount for the order line , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnInvoiced amount totalEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierinvoicedAmountTotalInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7808 

Invoiced/realised

How much of the finished quantity has been invoiced or realised.

The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Invoiced/realised field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.

Tip:
If you want to change compensate quantity, you can use the Invoice NOW field to increase or reduce the invoiced quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoInvoThe database field name.
API identifierinvoicedOrRealisedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3014 

Lead time

The number of days needed for the supplier to deliver the product.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.

For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameDelTmThe database field name.
API identifierleadTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3066 

Length

The length of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameLgtLThe database field name.
API identifierlengthThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5942 

Length per unit

The length of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameLgtUThe database field name.
API identifierlengthPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5924 

Line no.

Each line in the table is given a consecutive number in the order in which they are entered.

Note:
The Line no. does not change when inserting new lines between existing ones. The Sort seq. no. specifies the order of the lines and is affected when new lines are inserted between existing lines.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
Primary keyYesOrder no., Line no.
SQL nameLnNoThe database field name.
API identifierlineNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2953 
Table 19. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Order lineAllocatedPurchaseOrderLines
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Order lineStructureLineOrderLine
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
AppointmentAppointment
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Location

The item's location, for example a shelf number and rack number.

If you double-click or press * in the field, you will be referred to the Location or Item location table, depending of which table you have chosen to look up in the Reservation processing in the Company information table, where you can see the physical appearance and location of the item.

If you have not selected Use location control in Reservation processing in the Company information table, you are only given a warning that the location cannot be found, but you can also decide yourself what should be here.

The location for goods you receive and the value is included in shipments. In increase order lines, the location is suggested as the normal location from the Stock balance table. You can edit them in the Shipment table later. If you need more values, you can join to the Reservation table and enter a value in the equivalent field there and, if necessary, split the shipments afterwards.

When a stock transfer is performed, the value in the Location field in the Order line table is selected ahead of the value in the Location field from the Shipment from which it is picked.

If the location is not filled in on the order lines but on the reservations, the reservation rows are not overwritten on finishing.
Note:
The field is editable in the product transaction table and can affect regeneration of stock balance.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainLocationText (18)
SQL nameLocThe database field name.
API identifierlocationThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3715 
Table 20. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
LocationLocation
  • Warehouse no.
  • Location
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Manual finish date

If you want to finish an order line with an other date than the current date.

When pressing 1 or x in this field, you may enter a date in the Finish date field. When running the finish processing, this manually entered date will be used instead of today's date.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermanualFinishDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12851 

Margin

Calculated on the basis of the Amount field and incurred costs in the default currency in sales order lines.

The margin is calculated as the gross profit divided by the value in the Amount field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMarginDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermarginThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3007 

Margin in future

The margin for quantities that has not yet been invoiced.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMarginDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermarginInFutureThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4898 

Margin so far

The margin for quantities that has been invoiced.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMarginDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermarginSoFarThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4893 

Margin total

The total margin for the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMarginDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermarginTotalThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4903 

Memo file name

The file name for the Memo attached to the order line.

The memo file can contain, for example, a product description, environmental information and product information which should be linked to a product.

On the Editing menu, click Memo to create a new memo or to view the existing memo. The memo file name is saved in this text box.

Double-click or press * to open the Select file dialog box to manually select a memo file.

Note:
It is important that you save the file on a server and in a folder that is available to all users, otherwise users who try to open the memo will receive an error message.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMemo file nameText (260)
SQL nameNoteNmThe database field name.
API identifiermemoFileNameThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4921 

Memo no.

Link to the memo for the entry.

The actual memo is stored in the Memo table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainMemo no.Integer
SQL nameMemoNoThe database field name.
API identifiermemoNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number19239 
Table 21. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
MemoMemo
  • Memo no.

Monday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD1HrThe database field name.
API identifiermondayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8142 

Monday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiermondayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12445 

Net amount

The net amount , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernetAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6251 

Net amount (dom.)

The net amount , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernetAmountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6252 

Net amount in EURO

The net amount , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Source columnNet amountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernetAmountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7810 

Net weight

The net weight of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNWgtLThe database field name.
API identifiernetWeightThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5939 

Net weight per unit

The net weight of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNWgtUThe database field name.
API identifiernetWeightPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5921 

No per structure

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoPerStrThe database field name.
API identifierquantityPerStructureThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number16511 

Non-taxable

This box is checked in printouts if VAT has not been calculated in the order line.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernonTaxableThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5074 

Not allocated

How much has not been allocated, i.e. the difference between the Quantity and Allocated fields.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernotAllocatedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6396 

Not reserved

How much of the total quantity has not yet been reserved.

The following applies in connection with hire/loan:

  • Total quantity - Reserved - Returned - Discarded - Compensate

The following applies to other order types:

  • Total quantity - Reserved - Invoiced/realised

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernotReservedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5002 

Notification sent before

Shows a value if the Finished delivery notification box is checked in the dialog box for the Order line status field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiernotificationSentBeforeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6546 

Order line status

The status of the order line.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

____

Accepted by us
This check box is selected on new order lines that you add unless you have selected the Accept changes manually check box in the in the Order options field in the Order.

If you have selected Accept changes manually and run an order conformation before you have manually selected the this check box, this check box will be selected. You cannot run an order confirmation for order lines that have not been accepted.

Loose allocation
This check box is selected when you run the Update orders processing for sales order lines that have been updated from purchase/production orders. The order line will then will perceived and processed as within the lead time regardless of whether the confirmed delivery date falls beyond the current date + total lead time.
Sent from supplier
The goods have been sent from the supplier.

If you make an entry in the Sent date field on the purchase and production order lines, this check box will be selected. For sales orders you update this field by running the Update orders processing or by saving the purchase and production orders to which they refer.

Confirmed by supplier
The date in the Confirmed delivery date field has been confirmed by the supplier.

If you make an entry in the Confirmed field in the purchase and production order lines, this check box will be selected. For sales orders you update this field by running the Update orders processing or by saving the purchase and production orders to which they refer.

____

Discontinued from range
Exempt from order generating
An order is not placed for the product when you generate a purchase or production order from a sales or production order. This value is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.
Manual finish date
When you run the Finish processing the current date disregarded and the date from the Manual finish date field is suggested. The shipment and product transactions are then updated with this finish date.

This check box is selected when you enter a value in the Manual finish date field.

Finish 0 and release reservations
This field is selected when you enter 0 in the field Finish NOW field and save. When finished, the reservation is cancelled and you can print a new pick list.

____

Account debit/credit freight 1-4 and customs on purchase
This check box is selected when you select the Account debit/credit freight 1-4 and customs on purchase check box in the VAT and accounting processing field in the VAT- and accounting information table or in the Transp. agr. processing field in the Company information table. This is used when you post the order.

Ready for / Performed

Ready for delivery messages
The sales order line is ready for printing in delivery notes.

This check box is selected when saving the order, when the order line statuses for confirmed by supplier or sent from supplier have been changed since the last save. This check box is also selected if you change the confirmed delivery date if the order line has already been included in delivery notes. When printing order confirmations this check box is cleared.

Done delivery messages
The sales order line has been included in a delivery notes printout. The printed delivery notes are approved by clearing Ready for delivery messages and selecting this check box. When printing order confirmations this check box is cleared.

Structure head

No
The order line is not a structure head.
Unexpanded
This option is enabled when a product number is keyed in when the product has been checked for automatic expansion for the current transaction type.
Expanded
This option is selected at the same time as expansion takes place, whether by means of:
  • Typing in quantity when the Unexpanded option is selected.
  • Running the Expand structure processing when this option is not already selected.

Order match status

Displays the different statuses for the order match process on the order lines.

Order match not in use
When Order match is not in process. Can be either an Order line that has not been order matched at all, or an order where Order match has already been performed.
Inside tolerance level
When Order line values are inside tolerance levels it can be processed forward.
Outside tolerance level
When Order line values are outside tolerance levels order cannot be processed until values are changed.
Excessive quantity
When Quantity on an invoice is more than what has been finished on an Order line.
Original values overwritten
When original Order line values have been overridden by a supplier invoice values.

____

Cancelled
The Cancel processing from the Order or Order line table has been run.

____

Transferred from appointments
The Generate order processing from the Appointment table has been run.
Time schedule approved
The Generate order processing from the Appointment table has been run. The appointment you transfer must be confirmed for the time schedule before transfer in order for this check box to be selected.
Note:
You cannot approve hours from orders and the order line will not be updated if the appointment changes status.
Transferred to wage
The Generate order processing from the Appointment table has been run. The appointment you transfer must be transferred to wage in order for this check box to be selected.
Note:
You cannot transfer to wage from orders and order line will not be updated if the appointment changes status.

____

Min amount is used
This check box is selected when you enter order lines with products that have a value in the Minimum amount field in the Price- and discount matrix table. As long as the check box is selected, the amount on the order line will always follow the minimum amount. If you want this to stop, you can clear the check box.
Max amount is used
This check box is updated when you enter order lines with products that have a value in the Maximum amount field in the Price- and discount matrix table. As long as the check box is selected, the amount on the order line will always follow the maximum amount. If you want this to stop, you can clear the check box.

____

Price collected
This field is selected the first time a price is imported into the order line, as a control of whether the price/discount is to be imported again if the Price field is empty.
Overridden price
This check box is selected when the suggested price on the order line is overridden. The combination of Overridden price and Do not resuggest price/discount under Proc. method 1 means that price/discount are not reimported from the price and discount matrix. This only applies before the order line is saved.

Split price

No
Head
If you select Split order line in the row that is returned from the Price- and discount matrix, Business NXT will be able to use different prices for different quantity intervals. Business NXT then puts a check box showing the status of the order line as Split price = Head. The embedded order lines are set as Split price = Line. In this way Business NXT ensures that the order lines are not separated several times and updates prices and quantities in the price lines when you make changes in the price head.
Line
If you select Split order line in the row that is returned from the Price- and discount matrix, Business NXT will be able to use different prices for different quantity intervals. Business NXT then puts a check box showing the status of the order line as Split price = Head. The embedded order lines are set as Split price = Line. In this way Business NXT ensures that the order lines are not separated several times and updates prices and quantities in the price lines when you make changes in the price head.

Location control

Quantity
Weight
Volume
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder line statusInteger
SQL nameOrdLnStThe database field name.
API identifierorderLineStatusThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6176 

Order no.

The order.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder no.Integer
Primary keyYesOrder no., Line no.
SQL nameOrdNoThe database field name.
API identifierorderNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2952 
Table 22. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
OrderOrder
  • Order no.
Order lineAllocatedPurchaseOrderWithAllLines
  • Order no.
Order lineAllocatedPurchaseOrderLines
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Order lineStructureHeadOrderLine
  • Order no.
  • Struct. head line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Order lineStructureLineOrderLine
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
AppointmentAppointment
  • Order no.
  • Line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Order type

The order type from the order head. Can be overridden.

Can be used for overriding the Order type from the Order table. This field is by default blank.

Note:
Order type 9 - Credit card order cannot be used for manual entry and is therefore blocked.

You can change both transaction type and order type for an order which has already been entered. Business NXT will then reverse the processing of the old transaction or order type to the extent necessary in relation to the new one.

Note:
You must not change the transaction type and order type of an order that has been processed. This can mean that the order will not be processed or that stock is incorrect. If you change the order type from 1 - Normal order to 2 - Direct order, this can mean that cost prices and stock will not be correct after invoicing.

You can combine the transaction type with one of eight different order types:

Business NXT suggests order type 1 - Normal order in the Order type field in the Order head page element when entering sales orders, loan/hire orders and purchase orders. Orders generated from the Appointment table are also allocated this order type, although you can change this in the Company information table.

When you invoice direct and cash orders and save realised orders, Business NXT reserves everything you ask for, even if it is not available. If necessary, shipments are produced with negative availability.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Normal order
You use this for agreed or planned future goods out/goods received. You can part-deliver an order. You must finish a Normal order before you can realise it. Orders generated from the Appointment table are given this order type, but you can change this in the Company information table. This is the only order type for which you can print an order confirmation, pick list, packing slip and consignment note.
2 - Direct order
You can use direct order if you want to enter the invoicing details directly. You cannot print a pick list for this order type. Business NXT can reserve more than what is available when entering direct orders.
Note:
This applies even if you have not selected the Add shipments with negative availability field, which you can find under the Processing/Processing method/Warehouse menu item in the products or the order lines. You cannot part-deliver a direct order, as it is finished when the invoice is printed.
If you do not have enough products in stock for a "Direct order" that is to be invoiced, a separate shipment is created for the negative quantity.
3 - Cash order
A cash order is the same as a direct order, but the invoice printout is launched when you save the order. When an invoice is printed for a cash order, the current date is used as the order date when VAT is calculated. When you save a cash order a dialog box appears containing payment information. This contains information on the order amount and a field in which you can key in the amount received. You can see the difference in the Outstanding field. The dialog box also contains a field in which you enter the method of payment. The accounts are updated directly via a batch per cash order. If you do not have enough products in stock for a "Cash order" that is to be invoiced, a separate shipment is created for the negative quantity.
Note:
Credit note on cash order is allowed, if user has function access to "Allow credit note on cash order".
4 - Realised order
This order type is realised when saved, i.e. stock and statistics are updated immediately.
Note:
We recommend that this order type is not used together with transaction type 1 - Sales, as you are not able to print out or transfer to accounts.
You can use this order type when no order documents are used, e.g. in the event of adjustments.
5 - Quotation/Inquiry
You can print this order type as a quotation or inquiry, but no processing is involved. If the quotation is accepted you must change the order type to 1 - Normal order, 2 - Direct order or 3 - Cash order for the order to be processed.
6 - Unprocessed order
This order type corresponds to the quotation order, although you cannot print it out as a quotation. The order does not generate any processing, and you must change it to another order type before you can process it. An unprocessed order is useful for imported orders. When the import is complete you can change the order type so that it can be processed.
7 - Advance order
An advance order uses the same processing method as a normal order, although Business NXT does not check stock availability during order entry or whether the credit limit has been/will be exceeded.
8 - Budget order
If you select this order type it means that the order lines will not be processed, in the same way as for Unprocessed orders.
9 - Credit card order
Note:
You cannot use order type 9 - Credit card order with manual entry. It must be imported via the EDI clock.
Note:
If you change a credit card order to a different order type you cannot reset it to a credit card order, and the amount is cancelled at the card company.
You cannot enter this order type manually. You must import it using the EDI clock. This order type is intended for Internet trading programs such as Zpider, and is dependent on Zpider being installed with communication to the card company. Upon invoicing, the reserved amount is activated at the card company, with the effect that the amount is transferred from the card company. If you delete or edit order type 9 - Credit card order, the reserved amount is cancelled at the card company. It is not possible to increase the amount of such an order over and above what is specified for Invoice customer no. in the Credit card reservation addition % field. A credit card order must be finished before it can be invoiced. Order type 9 - Credit card order also requires that the Invoice reference, Currency no., Contract amount and Invoice customer no. fields are filled in for the order. The following fields are locked for editing in a credit card order:
  • Invoice customer no.
  • Invoice reference
  • Masked card no.
  • Contract amount
  • Contract amount (dom.)
  • Currency no.
  • Card company
There is a separate tab in "Order status" for credit card orders, providing information about deviations and omissions for this order type.
Note:
When you copy such an order type, all you have to do is check the box for the credit note to show that it contains order type "9. Credit card order" and a credit is sent to the card company. A credit card order may only be credited once.
It is not possible to edit such an order unless you have selected "Allow change to credit card order" for the access group under the processing "Function access/Misc.". An increase in the amount is not approved over and above the credit card reservation addition rate, even at this access level.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder typeInteger
SQL nameOrdTpThe database field name.
API identifierorderTypeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6168 

Organisational unit 1

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR1The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2989 
Table 23. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 1OrgUnit1
  • Organisational unit 1

Organisational unit 2

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR2The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2990 
Table 24. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 2OrgUnit2
  • Organisational unit 2

Organisational unit 3

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR3The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2991 
Table 25. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 3OrgUnit3
  • Organisational unit 3

Organisational unit 4

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR4The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2992 
Table 26. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 4OrgUnit4
  • Organisational unit 4

Organisational unit 5

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR5The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit5The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2993 
Table 27. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 5OrgUnit5
  • Organisational unit 5

Organisational unit 6

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrganisational unit no.Integer
SQL nameR6The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit6The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2994 
Table 28. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 6OrgUnit6
  • Organisational unit 6

Organisational unit 7

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainLong alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (40)
SQL nameR7The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit7The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9474 
Table 29. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 7OrgUnit7
  • Organisational unit 7

Organisational unit 8

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShort alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (10)
SQL nameR8The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit8The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9475 
Table 30. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 8OrgUnit8
  • Organisational unit 8

Organisational unit 9

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShort alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (10)
SQL nameR9The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit9The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9476 
Table 31. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 9OrgUnit9
  • Organisational unit 9

Organisational unit 10

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShort alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (10)
SQL nameR10The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit10The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9477 
Table 32. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 10OrgUnit10
  • Organisational unit 10

Organisational unit 11

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShort alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (10)
SQL nameR11The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit11The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9478 
Table 33. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 11OrgUnit11
  • Organisational unit 11

Organisational unit 12

The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShort alphanumeric organisational unit no.Text (10)
SQL nameR12The database field name.
API identifierorgUnit12The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9479 
Table 34. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Organisational unit 12OrgUnit12
  • Organisational unit 12

Original confirmed delivery date

The original confirmed delivery date.

Note:
If you have selected the Do not enter confirmed delivery date when entering data field under Calculate delivery date in the Company information table, this field will not be updated when allocating orders before the purchase order is confirmed.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameFCfDelDtThe database field name.
API identifieroriginalConfirmedDeliveryDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6302 

Original confirmed delivery week

The original confirmed delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieroriginalConfirmedDeliveryWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6301 

Original quantity

The first time you save an order line, this field is updated with the value in the Quantity field.

Note:
In production orders you can use the Calculate production start / costs processing to update the field with new values after a production run has changed. You can then use it to produce a preliminary costing before you start production.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoOrgThe database field name.
API identifieroriginalQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15376 

Outside lead time

Might be checked if the order line falls outside the lead time.

This box is checked if the order line falls outside the lead time if:

  • confirmed delivery date is greater than current date + total lead time, or
  • the order line status flag for Loose allocation is already on

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieroutsideLeadTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6298 

Outstanding

Shows the same as the Quantity field, i.e. the quantity which remains to be finished.

It may be necessary to edit out the Outstanding field in printouts as the quantity field is used there to display the quantity covered by the printout. If you do not select to finish the picked quantity in the Processing method dialog box, the quantity in the Outstanding field is finished when you use the processings for finishing in the Order and Order line tables.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieroutstandingThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4759 

Packed

How much of the finished quantity has been printed and approved in packing slips.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoPacThe database field name.
API identifierpackedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3012 

Payment supplier no.

The alternative supplier the purchase payment is to be paid to, if it is someone else than the supplier on the order.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSup. no.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameRmtSupThe database field name.
API identifierremittanceSupplierNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4331 
Table 35. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateRemittanceSupplier
  • Payment supplier no.

Period key

The period key to be transferred to the voucher line for accrual accounting of the sales and consumed goods accounts, e.g. products for rent and licence.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPeriod keyInteger
SQL namePrKThe database field name.
API identifierperiodKeyNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15860 
Table 36. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Period keyPeriodKey
  • Period key

Pick max.

Used to state the maximum quantity that you want to reserve in the order line.

This is the same quantity as that you enter in the Reserve NOW and Pick NOW fields. Using the Pick max. field, you can reserve a product from the same shipment for several customers even if a customer further up the queue has ordered a large quantity. The field has the following processing rules:

  • The field is deleted after the pick list is printed.
  • No message is displayed if you specify a quantity larger than that available.
  • The field takes the structure item's relative quantity into account.
  • It has no effect on the Reserve on save parameter.
Note:
If an order has the parameter Reserve on save, it can be saved several times. In this case, a reservation is made each time with the maximum quantity of the Pick max. field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL namePicMaxThe database field name.
API identifierpickMaxThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9273 

Pick NOW

How much, if any, you will like to pick now without printing pick list or if you want to pick a specific quantity or as a check against it.

When you save the quantity is updated in the Picked field.

You cannot make changes to this field if the shipment in the order line is undergoing stocktaking. An error message appears in the Status bar.
Note:
You cannot use this field to withdraw picked quantities that have been done for the serial no. without reservations. In other words, when the Picked without reservation field is updated instead of the Picked field and the reservation lines. If you use this field to manually pick a serial no. product, this results in normal reservation.
Note:
It is not possible to pick from products with an inflow quantity, even if the option to allow negative shipments is checked. If you want to create a negative shipment, you may not reserve against an existing shipment with an inflow quantity, because in such instances you must be quite sure that you are reserving against the correct inflow and not a temporary shipment.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL namePicNThe database field name.
API identifierpickNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4999 

Picked

How much of the total quantity that has been picked.

The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Picked field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.

Note:
The value will not be updated if a serial no. product is picked without reservation.
Tip:
If you want to change compensate quantity, you can use the Pick NOW field to increase or reduce the picked quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoPicThe database field name.
API identifierpickedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3010 

Picked without reservation

If you have selected One reservation line per unit at stock reduction in the Serial no. tab of the Processing method dialog box, but not the field Reserve serial no. at picking, the pick list does not update the shipments or save the reservation lines.

It only updates the stock balances and order lines. The quantity that is picked this way without reservation is accumulated in the Picked without reservation field in the Stock balances and Order line tables. The quantity in this field is deducted from the value in the Reservable field, so that it appears as Realised stock + Unrealised stock increase - Reserved - Picked without reservation. When you finish an order the field is reduced in the Order lines and Stock balances fields.

To withdraw a pick that has been undertaken in this way you must use the Withdraw picking without reservation processing in the Order line table. It does not work with a negative quantity in the Picked NOW field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL namePicNotRThe database field name.
API identifierpickedWithoutReservationThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number13756 

Picture file name

A link to the picture file for the order line.

The picture file is copied from the from the product to the order line if the Copy picture from product check box on the Misc. page in the Proc. method 1 field is selected.

Tip:
Double-clicking or pressing * in this box opens the picture. If the box is empty, a dialog box for selecting a picture file will open.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPicture file nameText (260)
SQL namePictFNmThe database field name.
API identifierpictureFileNameThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8561 

Plan type

The invoice plan type, used for Invoicing according to plan.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - On account
This value can be selected if 1 - On account/settlement is selected in the Inv. according to plan field in the Order table.
2 - Fixed price
3 - Additional expenses
4 - Settlement
There is to be a settlement invoice on the date specified, and the fields for specifying what and how much you are to invoice will have no significance.

This value can be selected if 1 - On account/settlement is selected in the Inv. according to plan field in the Order table.

5 - Invoiced on account
This plan type is allocated automatically.
6 - Invoiced fixed price
This plan type is allocated automatically.
7 - Invoiced additional expenses
This plan type is allocated automatically.
8 - Invoiced settlement
This plan type is allocated automatically.
9 - Settled on account
This plan type is allocated automatically.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPlan typeInteger
SQL nameInvoPlLnThe database field name.
API identifierplanTypeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3054 

Price

The price of the product , in the actual currency.

The price is retrieved when you enter or change the quantity, and when you change other price criteria such as customer price group or department. Only the guideline price, from the row in which the sales price is found, is retrieved into the Order line table.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

A look-up in this column opens the calculator.
Note:

Do not use this field for entry as it does not calculate back to the price field. This results in posted amounts deviating from invoice amounts in the accounts.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL namePriceThe database field name.
API identifierpriceInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2975 

Price (dom.)

The price of the product , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDPriceThe database field name.
API identifierpriceDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3592 

Price after discount

The unit price for the product after the line discount , in the actual currency.

Calculated on the basis of the prices and discounts in the line. If you override this field, the Disc. amount 6 field is updated.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameNetPrThe database field name.
API identifierpriceAfterDiscountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4476 

Price after discount (dom.)

The unit price for the product after the line discount , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDNetPrThe database field name.
API identifierpriceAfterDiscountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4477 

Price after discount in EURO

The unit price for the product after the line discount , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Source columnPrice after discountEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierpriceAfterDiscountInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7824 

Price factor

A factor by which Price and Quantity fields can be multiplied, when calculating line amounts.

In connection with hire/loan, the hire period is generally multiplied by price and quantity when calculating line amounts. If you check the Price factor for hire orders box under Price/discount processing in the Company information table, the price factor is suggested from a table of price factors for various hire periods and multiplies by this factor. This is applicable when the amount is not to tally directly with the hire period.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL namePriceFThe database field name.
API identifierpriceFactorThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6285 

Price in EURO

The price of the product , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Source columnPriceEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierpriceInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7753 

Price qty.

The number of units the price is valid for.

The price types which will be considered the price quantity in their calculations are defined in the Price quantity extent field in the Company information table. If the field is empty or has the value 1, the given price is used as the price per unit.

The price quantity cannot be changed if there are shipments linked to the product. You can only override the price quantity in order lines which are exempt from warehousing.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL namePrNoThe database field name.
API identifierpriceQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6174 

Price type

The type of price, for example a campaign price.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.

Price type texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 126.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Price type in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPrice typeInteger
SQL namePrTpThe database field name.
API identifierpriceTypeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6394 

Price unit

The unit measurement for which prices, cost prices and consignment costs are valid.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Quantity in base unit
2 - Length
3 - Area
4 - Volume
5 - Net weight
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPrice unitInteger
SQL namePrUnThe database field name.
API identifierpriceUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5979 

Proc. method 1

Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.

On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Warehousing

Exempt from warehousing
The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:
If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.

The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.

Note:
If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.

Reservation method

Reserve on save
The quantity will be reserved when you save.
Reserve from given shipment
The reservation on the order will only take place from this shipment.

When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.

This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.

If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.

Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
Suggest shipment no. 1
Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on order lines.
Tip:
If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.
Note:
This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
No reservation on goods received
Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.

(From the Structure table)
Reserve available quantity
Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
Meet reservations req. even if not available
This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.

Picking method

Pick complete order line
If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Picking after invoicing
This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of on finishing/invoicing:
  • Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
  • Shipments.
  • Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.
If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.
Note:
Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:
  • One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
  • One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:
If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:
  • 9 - Order processing
  • 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.
Finish picked quantity with menu choice
You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
Keep reservations even if picking less
No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.

Exception

Allow non-existent shipment numbers
A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
Do not process shipments in FIFO order
Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
Add shipments with negative availability
Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.
Note:
When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.
You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.
Note:
In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.

Serial number

Reservation

One shipment per unit at stock increase
You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.

Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.

Reserve serial no. at picking
By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
Note:
If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.

Reject

Duplicate serial no.
You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
Non-existent serial no.
A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.

Structure

Structure head

Product is structure head

Expand structure on transaction type

Sales
Hire
Loan
Adjustment/internal issue
Further processing
Purchase
Production
Stock transfer

Picking of structures

(From the Structure table)
Pick individual structure lines
Pick same fraction of structure lines
The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
Pick complete structure
The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
Distribute amounts on structure lines
The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
  • Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
  • Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
Finish structure line from structure head
You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.

Structure lines

Accumulate in structure head

Revenue
Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
Sales costs
The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
Production costs
Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
Add lead time from structure head
The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
Expand substructure
Display the substructures in the order lines.
Raw material

Prices

Do not get

Sales price
The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on sale
The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on production
The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.

Resuggesting price

Do not resuggest price/discount
No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in the Price field. Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is on.
Note:
This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set

Discount calculation

Do not calculate discount from standard price
You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
Suggest price after discount and rounding
The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
Exempt from total discount
No total discount is calculated for such order lines.

Quantity and price calculation

Calculate price from quantity format
The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
Share calculated from total incurred costs
The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.

Cost price calculation

Get cost price from price and discount matrix
The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:
The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.

The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.

Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.

Visma.net settings

Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders

Editing

Quantity format

(From the Structure table)
Quantity
Hours and minutes
Start and end date exclusive
Start and end date inclusive
Factors

Quantity calculation

Do not suggest incurred as quantity
You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
Exchange arrangement

Enter

Description
The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
From and to/factors
The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.

Restrictions

Exempt from

Returning
Finishing
Acceptance
Invoice received
Goods received
Sent from supplier
Purchase confirmation
Recalculate prices
Cancelling
Order generation
The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
Calc. of additional cost
The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs from the order head.

If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the Processing > Order status menu item.

Note:
This does not apply for cost calculation.

Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.

Mandatory fields

Locations on increase
Disregard mandatory fields
If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.

Processing methods

Processing methods locked

Printout

Include on pick list

(From the Structure table)
The order line
The structure
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
The order
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.

Suppress

Product no.
Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
Quantity
Quantity will be hidden.
Price and discount
Price and Discount will be hidden.
Amount
Amount will be hidden.
Cost price and cost
Cost price and cost will be hidden.
Requested delivery date
Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Confirmed delivery date
Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Other dates
Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Memo
Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.

Excluded on

Invoices/credit notes
The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.

Consignment notes
The order line is excluded on consignment notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Packing slips
The order line is excluded on packing slips.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Pick lists
The order line is excluded on pick lists.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Delivery notes
The order line is excluded on delivery notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Order confirmations
The order line is excluded on order confirmations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Quotations
The order line is excluded on quotations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Purchase orders
The order line is excluded on purchase orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Inquiries
The order line is excluded on inquiries.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Production orders
The order line is excluded on production orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

If 0
The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.
Tip:
This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.

Post processing

Do not include totals

Revenue
You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Sales costs
You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Production costs
You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Weight and Volume
You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.

Exclude from accounting

Revenue
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
Production costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Note:
Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.

Exclude from statistics

Revenue
The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Sales costs
The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Production costs
The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and cost price etc.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.

Other accounting rules

Post temp. stock value
You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
Accrual accounting to end of year
You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale from the sales date until 31.12.
Note:
This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.

Misc.

Group processing

(From the Structure table)
None
Group discount
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Group total
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.

Time to next invoice

Weeks instead of months
If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
Always last day of month
A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
Use Quarter Days
Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
One line per time unit
If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
No stock handling on new line
If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.

Misc.

Product free of interest
The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
Purchase product
You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
Suspended
Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as "deleted".

The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.

Memos and pictures

Copy memo from product
The memo from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
Note:
If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.

If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.

Copy memo from structure
The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
Copy picture from product
The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.

External

External processing

Show on Web
This product will be shown in Zpider.
Exclude from CRM
This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
Exclude from external system
Exclude from Visma Mobile
Exclude from Visma On Demand

Appointment

Agreement rules

Appointment product
Calculate full time over midnight

Update balance rules

Do not update invoiceable
The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update incurred
The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update reserved
The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Update overtime
The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table is updated.

Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Note:
Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no.
Update flex correction
The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Approval rules

Approve disabled
The Appointment cannot be approved.
Note:
Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
Requires approval by responsible
The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
Ignore credit check
The Appointment is excluded from credit control.

Transfer to order rules

Enabled
Disabled
Allow uncompleted
Must approve time schedule
Copy case number
This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
Cost only
The price will not be transferred to an order line.
Get new price from price matrix
New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.

Booking rules

Block overbooking
You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
Suppress partly booked message
You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProc. method 1Integer
SQL nameProcMtThe database field name.
API identifierprocessingMethod1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4398 

Proc. method 2

Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.

On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Warehousing

Exempt from warehousing
The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:
If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.

The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.

Note:
If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.

Reservation method

Reserve on save
The quantity will be reserved when you save.
Reserve from given shipment
The reservation on the order will only take place from this shipment.

When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.

This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.

If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.

Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
Suggest shipment no. 1
Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on order lines.
Tip:
If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.
Note:
This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
No reservation on goods received
Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.

(From the Structure table)
Reserve available quantity
Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
Meet reservations req. even if not available
This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.

Picking method

Pick complete order line
If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Picking after invoicing
This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of on finishing/invoicing:
  • Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
  • Shipments.
  • Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.
If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.
Note:
Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:
  • One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
  • One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:
If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:
  • 9 - Order processing
  • 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.
Finish picked quantity with menu choice
You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
Keep reservations even if picking less
No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.

Exception

Allow non-existent shipment numbers
A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
Do not process shipments in FIFO order
Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
Add shipments with negative availability
Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.
Note:
When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.
You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.
Note:
In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.

Serial number

Reservation

One shipment per unit at stock increase
You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.

Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.

Reserve serial no. at picking
By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
Note:
If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.

Reject

Duplicate serial no.
You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
Non-existent serial no.
A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.

Structure

Structure head

Product is structure head

Expand structure on transaction type

Sales
Hire
Loan
Adjustment/internal issue
Further processing
Purchase
Production
Stock transfer

Picking of structures

(From the Structure table)
Pick individual structure lines
Pick same fraction of structure lines
The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
Pick complete structure
The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
Distribute amounts on structure lines
The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
  • Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
  • Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
Finish structure line from structure head
You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.

Structure lines

Accumulate in structure head

Revenue
Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
Sales costs
The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
Production costs
Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
Add lead time from structure head
The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
Expand substructure
Display the substructures in the order lines.
Raw material

Prices

Do not get

Sales price
The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on sale
The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on production
The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.

Resuggesting price

Do not resuggest price/discount
No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in the Price field. Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is on.
Note:
This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set

Discount calculation

Do not calculate discount from standard price
You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
Suggest price after discount and rounding
The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
Exempt from total discount
No total discount is calculated for such order lines.

Quantity and price calculation

Calculate price from quantity format
The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
Share calculated from total incurred costs
The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.

Cost price calculation

Get cost price from price and discount matrix
The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:
The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.

The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.

Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.

Visma.net settings

Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders

Editing

Quantity format

(From the Structure table)
Quantity
Hours and minutes
Start and end date exclusive
Start and end date inclusive
Factors

Quantity calculation

Do not suggest incurred as quantity
You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
Exchange arrangement

Enter

Description
The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
From and to/factors
The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.

Restrictions

Exempt from

Returning
Finishing
Acceptance
Invoice received
Goods received
Sent from supplier
Purchase confirmation
Recalculate prices
Cancelling
Order generation
The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
Calc. of additional cost
The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs from the order head.

If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the Processing > Order status menu item.

Note:
This does not apply for cost calculation.

Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.

Mandatory fields

Locations on increase
Disregard mandatory fields
If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.

Processing methods

Processing methods locked

Printout

Include on pick list

(From the Structure table)
The order line
The structure
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
The order
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.

Suppress

Product no.
Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
Quantity
Quantity will be hidden.
Price and discount
Price and Discount will be hidden.
Amount
Amount will be hidden.
Cost price and cost
Cost price and cost will be hidden.
Requested delivery date
Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Confirmed delivery date
Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Other dates
Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Memo
Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.

Excluded on

Invoices/credit notes
The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.

Consignment notes
The order line is excluded on consignment notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Packing slips
The order line is excluded on packing slips.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Pick lists
The order line is excluded on pick lists.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Delivery notes
The order line is excluded on delivery notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Order confirmations
The order line is excluded on order confirmations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Quotations
The order line is excluded on quotations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Purchase orders
The order line is excluded on purchase orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Inquiries
The order line is excluded on inquiries.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Production orders
The order line is excluded on production orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

If 0
The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.
Tip:
This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.

Post processing

Do not include totals

Revenue
You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Sales costs
You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Production costs
You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Weight and Volume
You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.

Exclude from accounting

Revenue
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
Production costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Note:
Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.

Exclude from statistics

Revenue
The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Sales costs
The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Production costs
The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and cost price etc.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.

Other accounting rules

Post temp. stock value
You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
Accrual accounting to end of year
You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale from the sales date until 31.12.
Note:
This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.

Misc.

Group processing

(From the Structure table)
None
Group discount
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Group total
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.

Time to next invoice

Weeks instead of months
If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
Always last day of month
A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
Use Quarter Days
Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
One line per time unit
If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
No stock handling on new line
If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.

Misc.

Product free of interest
The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
Purchase product
You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
Suspended
Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as "deleted".

The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.

Memos and pictures

Copy memo from product
The memo from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
Note:
If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.

If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.

Copy memo from structure
The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
Copy picture from product
The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.

External

External processing

Show on Web
This product will be shown in Zpider.
Exclude from CRM
This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
Exclude from external system
Exclude from Visma Mobile
Exclude from Visma On Demand

Appointment

Agreement rules

Appointment product
Calculate full time over midnight

Update balance rules

Do not update invoiceable
The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update incurred
The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update reserved
The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Update overtime
The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table is updated.

Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Note:
Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no.
Update flex correction
The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Approval rules

Approve disabled
The Appointment cannot be approved.
Note:
Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
Requires approval by responsible
The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
Ignore credit check
The Appointment is excluded from credit control.

Transfer to order rules

Enabled
Disabled
Allow uncompleted
Must approve time schedule
Copy case number
This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
Cost only
The price will not be transferred to an order line.
Get new price from price matrix
New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.

Booking rules

Block overbooking
You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
Suppress partly booked message
You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProc. method 2Integer
SQL nameExcPrintThe database field name.
API identifierprocessingMethod2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3666 

Proc. method 3

Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.

On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Warehousing

Exempt from warehousing
The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:
If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.

The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.

Note:
If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.

Reservation method

Reserve on save
The quantity will be reserved when you save.
Reserve from given shipment
The reservation on the order will only take place from this shipment.

When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.

This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.

If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.

Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
Suggest shipment no. 1
Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on order lines.
Tip:
If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.
Note:
This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
No reservation on goods received
Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.

(From the Structure table)
Reserve available quantity
Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
Meet reservations req. even if not available
This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.

Picking method

Pick complete order line
If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Picking after invoicing
This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of on finishing/invoicing:
  • Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
  • Shipments.
  • Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.
If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.
Note:
Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:
  • One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
  • One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:
If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:
  • 9 - Order processing
  • 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.
Finish picked quantity with menu choice
You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
Keep reservations even if picking less
No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.

Exception

Allow non-existent shipment numbers
A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
Do not process shipments in FIFO order
Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
Add shipments with negative availability
Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.
Note:
When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.
You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.
Note:
In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.

Serial number

Reservation

One shipment per unit at stock increase
You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.

Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.

Reserve serial no. at picking
By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
Note:
If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.

Reject

Duplicate serial no.
You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
Non-existent serial no.
A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.

Structure

Structure head

Product is structure head

Expand structure on transaction type

Sales
Hire
Loan
Adjustment/internal issue
Further processing
Purchase
Production
Stock transfer

Picking of structures

(From the Structure table)
Pick individual structure lines
Pick same fraction of structure lines
The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
Pick complete structure
The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
Distribute amounts on structure lines
The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
  • Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
  • Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
Finish structure line from structure head
You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.

Structure lines

Accumulate in structure head

Revenue
Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
Sales costs
The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
Production costs
Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
Add lead time from structure head
The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
Expand substructure
Display the substructures in the order lines.
Raw material

Prices

Do not get

Sales price
The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on sale
The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on production
The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.

Resuggesting price

Do not resuggest price/discount
No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in the Price field. Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is on.
Note:
This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set

Discount calculation

Do not calculate discount from standard price
You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
Suggest price after discount and rounding
The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
Exempt from total discount
No total discount is calculated for such order lines.

Quantity and price calculation

Calculate price from quantity format
The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
Share calculated from total incurred costs
The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.

Cost price calculation

Get cost price from price and discount matrix
The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:
The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.

The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.

Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.

Visma.net settings

Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders

Editing

Quantity format

(From the Structure table)
Quantity
Hours and minutes
Start and end date exclusive
Start and end date inclusive
Factors

Quantity calculation

Do not suggest incurred as quantity
You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
Exchange arrangement

Enter

Description
The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
From and to/factors
The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.

Restrictions

Exempt from

Returning
Finishing
Acceptance
Invoice received
Goods received
Sent from supplier
Purchase confirmation
Recalculate prices
Cancelling
Order generation
The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
Calc. of additional cost
The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs from the order head.

If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the Processing > Order status menu item.

Note:
This does not apply for cost calculation.

Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.

Mandatory fields

Locations on increase
Disregard mandatory fields
If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.

Processing methods

Processing methods locked

Printout

Include on pick list

(From the Structure table)
The order line
The structure
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
The order
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.

Suppress

Product no.
Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
Quantity
Quantity will be hidden.
Price and discount
Price and Discount will be hidden.
Amount
Amount will be hidden.
Cost price and cost
Cost price and cost will be hidden.
Requested delivery date
Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Confirmed delivery date
Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Other dates
Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Memo
Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.

Excluded on

Invoices/credit notes
The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.

Consignment notes
The order line is excluded on consignment notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Packing slips
The order line is excluded on packing slips.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Pick lists
The order line is excluded on pick lists.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Delivery notes
The order line is excluded on delivery notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Order confirmations
The order line is excluded on order confirmations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Quotations
The order line is excluded on quotations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Purchase orders
The order line is excluded on purchase orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Inquiries
The order line is excluded on inquiries.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Production orders
The order line is excluded on production orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

If 0
The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.
Tip:
This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.

Post processing

Do not include totals

Revenue
You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Sales costs
You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Production costs
You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Weight and Volume
You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.

Exclude from accounting

Revenue
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
Production costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Note:
Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.

Exclude from statistics

Revenue
The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Sales costs
The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Production costs
The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and cost price etc.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.

Other accounting rules

Post temp. stock value
You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
Accrual accounting to end of year
You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale from the sales date until 31.12.
Note:
This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.

Misc.

Group processing

(From the Structure table)
None
Group discount
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Group total
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.

Time to next invoice

Weeks instead of months
If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
Always last day of month
A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
Use Quarter Days
Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
One line per time unit
If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
No stock handling on new line
If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.

Misc.

Product free of interest
The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
Purchase product
You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
Suspended
Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as "deleted".

The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.

Memos and pictures

Copy memo from product
The memo from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
Note:
If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.

If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.

Copy memo from structure
The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
Copy picture from product
The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.

External

External processing

Show on Web
This product will be shown in Zpider.
Exclude from CRM
This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
Exclude from external system
Exclude from Visma Mobile
Exclude from Visma On Demand

Appointment

Agreement rules

Appointment product
Calculate full time over midnight

Update balance rules

Do not update invoiceable
The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update incurred
The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update reserved
The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Update overtime
The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table is updated.

Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Note:
Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no.
Update flex correction
The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Approval rules

Approve disabled
The Appointment cannot be approved.
Note:
Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
Requires approval by responsible
The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
Ignore credit check
The Appointment is excluded from credit control.

Transfer to order rules

Enabled
Disabled
Allow uncompleted
Must approve time schedule
Copy case number
This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
Cost only
The price will not be transferred to an order line.
Get new price from price matrix
New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.

Booking rules

Block overbooking
You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
Suppress partly booked message
You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProc. method 3Integer
SQL nameEditPrefThe database field name.
API identifierprocessingMethod3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3027 

Proc. method 4

Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.

On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Warehousing

Exempt from warehousing
The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:
If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.

The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.

Note:
If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.

Reservation method

Reserve on save
The quantity will be reserved when you save.
Reserve from given shipment
The reservation on the order will only take place from this shipment.

When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.

This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.

If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.

Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
Suggest shipment no. 1
Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on order lines.
Tip:
If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.
Note:
This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
No reservation on goods received
Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.

(From the Structure table)
Reserve available quantity
Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
Meet reservations req. even if not available
This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.

Picking method

Pick complete order line
If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Picking after invoicing
This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of on finishing/invoicing:
  • Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
  • Shipments.
  • Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.
If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.
Note:
Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:
  • One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
  • One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:
If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:
  • 9 - Order processing
  • 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.
Finish picked quantity with menu choice
You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
Keep reservations even if picking less
No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.

Exception

Allow non-existent shipment numbers
A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
Do not process shipments in FIFO order
Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
Add shipments with negative availability
Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.
Note:
When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.
You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.
Note:
In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.

Serial number

Reservation

One shipment per unit at stock increase
You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.

Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.

Reserve serial no. at picking
By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
Note:
If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.

Reject

Duplicate serial no.
You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
Non-existent serial no.
A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.

Structure

Structure head

Product is structure head

Expand structure on transaction type

Sales
Hire
Loan
Adjustment/internal issue
Further processing
Purchase
Production
Stock transfer

Picking of structures

(From the Structure table)
Pick individual structure lines
Pick same fraction of structure lines
The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
Pick complete structure
The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
Distribute amounts on structure lines
The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
  • Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
  • Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
Finish structure line from structure head
You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.

Structure lines

Accumulate in structure head

Revenue
Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
Sales costs
The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
Production costs
Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
Add lead time from structure head
The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
Expand substructure
Display the substructures in the order lines.
Raw material

Prices

Do not get

Sales price
The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on sale
The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on production
The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.

Resuggesting price

Do not resuggest price/discount
No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in the Price field. Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is on.
Note:
This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set

Discount calculation

Do not calculate discount from standard price
You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
Suggest price after discount and rounding
The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
Exempt from total discount
No total discount is calculated for such order lines.

Quantity and price calculation

Calculate price from quantity format
The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
Share calculated from total incurred costs
The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.

Cost price calculation

Get cost price from price and discount matrix
The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:
The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.

The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.

Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.

Visma.net settings

Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders

Editing

Quantity format

(From the Structure table)
Quantity
Hours and minutes
Start and end date exclusive
Start and end date inclusive
Factors

Quantity calculation

Do not suggest incurred as quantity
You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
Exchange arrangement

Enter

Description
The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
From and to/factors
The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.

Restrictions

Exempt from

Returning
Finishing
Acceptance
Invoice received
Goods received
Sent from supplier
Purchase confirmation
Recalculate prices
Cancelling
Order generation
The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
Calc. of additional cost
The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs from the order head.

If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the Processing > Order status menu item.

Note:
This does not apply for cost calculation.

Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.

Mandatory fields

Locations on increase
Disregard mandatory fields
If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.

Processing methods

Processing methods locked

Printout

Include on pick list

(From the Structure table)
The order line
The structure
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
The order
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.

Suppress

Product no.
Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
Quantity
Quantity will be hidden.
Price and discount
Price and Discount will be hidden.
Amount
Amount will be hidden.
Cost price and cost
Cost price and cost will be hidden.
Requested delivery date
Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Confirmed delivery date
Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Other dates
Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Memo
Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.

Excluded on

Invoices/credit notes
The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.

Consignment notes
The order line is excluded on consignment notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Packing slips
The order line is excluded on packing slips.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Pick lists
The order line is excluded on pick lists.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Delivery notes
The order line is excluded on delivery notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Order confirmations
The order line is excluded on order confirmations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Quotations
The order line is excluded on quotations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Purchase orders
The order line is excluded on purchase orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Inquiries
The order line is excluded on inquiries.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Production orders
The order line is excluded on production orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

If 0
The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.
Tip:
This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.

Post processing

Do not include totals

Revenue
You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Sales costs
You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Production costs
You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Weight and Volume
You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.

Exclude from accounting

Revenue
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
Production costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Note:
Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.

Exclude from statistics

Revenue
The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Sales costs
The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Production costs
The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and cost price etc.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.

Other accounting rules

Post temp. stock value
You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
Accrual accounting to end of year
You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale from the sales date until 31.12.
Note:
This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.

Misc.

Group processing

(From the Structure table)
None
Group discount
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Group total
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.

Time to next invoice

Weeks instead of months
If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
Always last day of month
A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
Use Quarter Days
Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
One line per time unit
If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
No stock handling on new line
If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.

Misc.

Product free of interest
The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
Purchase product
You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
Suspended
Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as "deleted".

The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.

Memos and pictures

Copy memo from product
The memo from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
Note:
If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.

If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.

Copy memo from structure
The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
Copy picture from product
The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.

External

External processing

Show on Web
This product will be shown in Zpider.
Exclude from CRM
This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
Exclude from external system
Exclude from Visma Mobile
Exclude from Visma On Demand

Appointment

Agreement rules

Appointment product
Calculate full time over midnight

Update balance rules

Do not update invoiceable
The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update incurred
The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update reserved
The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Update overtime
The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table is updated.

Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Note:
Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no.
Update flex correction
The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Approval rules

Approve disabled
The Appointment cannot be approved.
Note:
Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
Requires approval by responsible
The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
Ignore credit check
The Appointment is excluded from credit control.

Transfer to order rules

Enabled
Disabled
Allow uncompleted
Must approve time schedule
Copy case number
This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
Cost only
The price will not be transferred to an order line.
Get new price from price matrix
New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.

Booking rules

Block overbooking
You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
Suppress partly booked message
You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProc. method 4Integer
SQL nameEdFmtThe database field name.
API identifierprocessingMethod4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3758 

Proc. method 5

Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.

On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.

A look-up opens the dialog box where you can see the following check boxes and options:

Warehousing

Exempt from warehousing
The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:
If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.

The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.

Note:
If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.

Reservation method

Reserve on save
The quantity will be reserved when you save.
Reserve from given shipment
The reservation on the order will only take place from this shipment.

When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.

This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.

If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.

Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
Suggest shipment no. 1
Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on order lines.
Tip:
If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.
Note:
This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
No reservation on goods received
Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.

(From the Structure table)
Reserve available quantity
Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
Meet reservations req. even if not available
This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.

Picking method

Pick complete order line
If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Picking after invoicing
This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of on finishing/invoicing:
  • Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
  • Shipments.
  • Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.
If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:
There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.
Note:
Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:
  • One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
  • One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:
If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:
  • 9 - Order processing
  • 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.
Finish picked quantity with menu choice
You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
Keep reservations even if picking less
No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.

Exception

Allow non-existent shipment numbers
A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
Do not process shipments in FIFO order
Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
Add shipments with negative availability
Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.
Note:
When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.
You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.
Note:
In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.

Serial number

Reservation

One shipment per unit at stock increase
You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.

Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.

Reserve serial no. at picking
By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
Note:
If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.

Reject

Duplicate serial no.
You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
Non-existent serial no.
A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.

Structure

Structure head

Product is structure head

Expand structure on transaction type

Sales
Hire
Loan
Adjustment/internal issue
Further processing
Purchase
Production
Stock transfer

Picking of structures

(From the Structure table)
Pick individual structure lines
Pick same fraction of structure lines
The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
Pick complete structure
The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
Distribute amounts on structure lines
The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
  • Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
  • Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
  • Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
Finish structure line from structure head
You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.

Structure lines

Accumulate in structure head

Revenue
Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
Sales costs
The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
Production costs
Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
Add lead time from structure head
The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
Expand substructure
Display the substructures in the order lines.
Raw material

Prices

Do not get

Sales price
The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on sale
The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
Cost price on production
The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.

Resuggesting price

Do not resuggest price/discount
No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in the Price field. Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is on.
Note:
This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set

Discount calculation

Do not calculate discount from standard price
You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
Suggest price after discount and rounding
The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
Exempt from total discount
No total discount is calculated for such order lines.

Quantity and price calculation

Calculate price from quantity format
The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
Share calculated from total incurred costs
The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.

Cost price calculation

Get cost price from price and discount matrix
The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:
The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.

The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.

Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.

Visma.net settings

Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders

Editing

Quantity format

(From the Structure table)
Quantity
Hours and minutes
Start and end date exclusive
Start and end date inclusive
Factors

Quantity calculation

Do not suggest incurred as quantity
You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
Exchange arrangement

Enter

Description
The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
From and to/factors
The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.

Restrictions

Exempt from

Returning
Finishing
Acceptance
Invoice received
Goods received
Sent from supplier
Purchase confirmation
Recalculate prices
Cancelling
Order generation
The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
Calc. of additional cost
The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs from the order head.

If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the Processing > Order status menu item.

Note:
This does not apply for cost calculation.

Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.

Mandatory fields

Locations on increase
Disregard mandatory fields
If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.

Processing methods

Processing methods locked

Printout

Include on pick list

(From the Structure table)
The order line
The structure
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
The order
Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.

Suppress

Product no.
Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
Quantity
Quantity will be hidden.
Price and discount
Price and Discount will be hidden.
Amount
Amount will be hidden.
Cost price and cost
Cost price and cost will be hidden.
Requested delivery date
Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Confirmed delivery date
Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Other dates
Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
Memo
Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.

Excluded on

Invoices/credit notes
The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.

Consignment notes
The order line is excluded on consignment notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Packing slips
The order line is excluded on packing slips.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Pick lists
The order line is excluded on pick lists.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Delivery notes
The order line is excluded on delivery notes.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Order confirmations
The order line is excluded on order confirmations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Quotations
The order line is excluded on quotations.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Purchase orders
The order line is excluded on purchase orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Inquiries
The order line is excluded on inquiries.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

Production orders
The order line is excluded on production orders.

Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.

If 0
The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.
Tip:
This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.

Post processing

Do not include totals

Revenue
You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Sales costs
You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Production costs
You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs are accumulated in the structure head.
Note:
Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
Weight and Volume
You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.

Exclude from accounting

Revenue
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
Production costs
If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
Note:
Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.

Exclude from statistics

Revenue
The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Sales costs
The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product transactions.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Production costs
The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and cost price etc.
Note:
If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.

Other accounting rules

Post temp. stock value
You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
Accrual accounting to end of year
You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale from the sales date until 31.12.
Note:
This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.

Misc.

Group processing

(From the Structure table)
None
Group discount
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Group total
You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.

Time to next invoice

Weeks instead of months
If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
Always last day of month
A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
Use Quarter Days
Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
One line per time unit
If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
No stock handling on new line
If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.

Misc.

Product free of interest
The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
Purchase product
You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
Suspended
Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as "deleted".

The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.

Memos and pictures

Copy memo from product
The memo from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
Note:
If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.

If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.

Copy memo from structure
The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
Copy picture from product
The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.

External

External processing

Show on Web
This product will be shown in Zpider.
Exclude from CRM
This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
Exclude from external system
Exclude from Visma Mobile
Exclude from Visma On Demand

Appointment

Agreement rules

Appointment product
Calculate full time over midnight

Update balance rules

Do not update invoiceable
The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update incurred
The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Do not update reserved
The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
Update overtime
The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table is updated.

Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Note:
Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no.
Update flex correction
The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.

Approval rules

Approve disabled
The Appointment cannot be approved.
Note:
Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
Requires approval by responsible
The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
Ignore credit check
The Appointment is excluded from credit control.

Transfer to order rules

Enabled
Disabled
Allow uncompleted
Must approve time schedule
Copy case number
This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
Cost only
The price will not be transferred to an order line.
Get new price from price matrix
New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.

Booking rules

Block overbooking
You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
Suppress partly booked message
You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProc. method 5Integer
SQL nameSpecFuncThe database field name.
API identifierprocessingMethod5The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2960 

Prod. order

How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved in production orders.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoProdThe database field name.
API identifierproductionOrderThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6828 

Product no.

The product for the line.

When you type in a product number in the order lines, the associated description is suggested in the Description field. You can change the description if you wish.

Note:
It is not possible to change product numbers on an order line that has reservation lines.
Note:
When entering a barcode in this field, the data will be fetched from the Product table, not from Barcode. To fetch Barcode data, enter the barcode value in the Barcode field on the order line.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct no.Text (40)
SQL nameProdNoThe database field name.
API identifierproductNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2959 
Table 37. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
ProductProduct
  • Product no.
Search productSearchProduct
  • Product no.
Product customerProductCustomer
  • Product no.
  • Cust. no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
ShipmentShipment
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Delivery alternativeDeliveryAlternative
  • Product no.
  • Del. alt. no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
ShipmentOtherShipment
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Transf. shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock balanceFromStockBalance
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock balanceToStockBalance
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeFromStockChangeNotOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Confirmed delivery date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeFromStockChangeOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Arrival/departure date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeToStockChange
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Expected return date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Product price gr. 1

A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

Product price group 1 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 13.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product price group 1 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct price group 1Integer
SQL nameProdPrGrThe database field name.
API identifierproductPriceGroup1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3756 

Product price gr. 2

A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

Product price group 2 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 21.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product price group 2 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct price group 2Integer
SQL nameProdPrG2The database field name.
API identifierproductPriceGroup2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5713 

Product price gr. 3

A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

Product price group 3 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 72.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product price group 3 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct price group 3Integer
SQL nameProdPrG3The database field name.
API identifierproductPriceGroup3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5714 

Product type 1

A group to which the product belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

Product type 1 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 19.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product type 1 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct type 1Integer
SQL nameProdTpThe database field name.
API identifierproductType1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3000 

Product type 2

A group to which the product belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

Product type 2 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 58.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product type 2 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct type 2Integer
SQL nameProdTp2The database field name.
API identifierproductType2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5027 

Product type 3

A group to which the product belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

Product type 3 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 112.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product type 3 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct type 3Integer
SQL nameProdTp3The database field name.
API identifierproductType3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6105 

Product type 4

A group to which the product belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

Product type 4 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 113.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Product type 4 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProduct type 4Integer
SQL nameProdTp4The database field name.
API identifierproductType4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6106 

Production time

The time it takes to produce the product. This value is used in calculation of delivery dates.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

For production order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameProdTmThe database field name.
API identifierproductionTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11596 

Proposed amount

Amount based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed amount / Proposed price, it will be displayed as green until the Quantity has been fixed. Then these values will be displayed as red or green according to their deviation tolerance status.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameIIAmThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17814 

Proposed disc. %

Discount % based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameIIDcPThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedDiscountPercentThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17812 

Proposed disc. amount

Discount amount based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameIIDcAmThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedDiscountAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17813 

Proposed price

Price based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed amount / Proposed price, it will be displayed as green until the Quantity has been fixed. Then these values will be displayed as red or green according to their deviation tolerance status.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameIIPriceThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedPriceInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17811 

Proposed quantity

Quantity based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed quantity is displayed as red when it is less than finished - invoice realized quantity. Otherwise it is green.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameIINoInvoAbThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17810 

Proposed VAT amount

VAT amount based on the supplier invoice document.

This field is used for order match functionality.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
SQL nameIIVatAmThe database field name.
API identifierincomingInvoiceProposedVatAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number17815 

Purchase product

The product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock.

Shows the same value as the Purchase product check box on the Misc. page in the Processing method dialog box.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainBooleanInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierpurchaseProductThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6374 

Purchased

How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved of the purchase.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoPurcThe database field name.
API identifierpurchasedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3008 

Quantity

The number of units for the product/service.

The field is reduced upon finishing in such a way that the outstanding quantity is displayed in the order line. On printouts the Quantity field is used to display the quantity which the printout covers. If you need to display the outstanding quantity at the same time you can call up the Outstanding field. If you want to withdraw a reservation for a product in an order, you must have zero in the Quantity field in the order line.

Note:
When there is an reduction/increase in quantity on an allocated order line, you are asked whether the order lines should be connected to order lines with the foreign key Order no.->Allocated order no., Line no.->Alloc. order line no. This connection is made from version 5.20, so you do not need to make a decision about this. If there is a connection in the settings this is used.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultYesThis field is visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoInvoAbThe database field name.
API identifierquantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2968 

Quantity in basis unit

The product of the relevant per unit factor and the quantity fields in the order line.

The Quantity in basis unit field is used as the basis when updating tables which concern the warehouse.

Note:
When changing a unit or quantity in a base unit, the shipment will be corrcted in the shipment. If the line is finished the quantity will be withdrawn and the quantity must be finished again.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoUnThe database field name.
API identifierquantityInBasisUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5938 

Quantity per unit

The quantity of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameStUnRtThe database field name.
API identifierquantityPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2964 

Quoted

How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved for quotation orders.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameNoOfThe database field name.
API identifierquotedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3763 

Realised year/week

The Realised year/week field uses the invoice date, transaction date or the finished date as the basis for showing the year/period according to statistical periods.

Works in the same way as the Year/Per. and Account. year/period fields.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainRealised year/weekInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameYrWkThe database field name.
API identifierrealisedYearAndWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6639 

Reference

Optional field for additional information.

The value in the field is copied to the Product transaction table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameRefNoThe database field name.
API identifierreferenceThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2985 

Required delivery date

the required delivery date.

The value is suggested based on the Transaction type of the order.

For sales, this field is suggested as equal to the order/transaction date plus administration time, lead time and transport time, and for purchases and production the lead time is added.

For hire/loan, the required delivery date is suggested as equal to the date in the From field minus the assemble time.

When you save a production order, the Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date fields are updated in the Order line table.

The Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date fields are calculated as follows:

  • Transaction type 7 - Production: Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set equal to the Required delivery date field from the Order table, if filled in.
  • Transaction type 5 - Further processing: Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set to Required delivery date - Production time from the structure head. Confirmed delivery date is set to the date when the product is available in stock.

If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the Desired delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be calculated as follows:

  • Transaction type 7 - Production Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set to Desired production start date + Production time.
  • Transaction type 5 - Further processing Required delivery date will be set to Desired delivery Date - Production time from the structure head. date - Production time from the structure head. Confirmed delivery date is set to the date when the product is available in stock.
Note:
You can select an option for this field not to be filled in automatically in Calculate delivery date in the Company information table.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameDelDtThe database field name.
API identifierrequiredDeliveryDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2987 

Required delivery week

the required delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierrequiredDeliveryWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5627 

Res. no.

The Res. no. field from the Appointment table, for orders generated from the Order line table.

You can enter resource no. manually, but then the value will not have any effect on the time schedule balance for the resource.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainRes. no.Integer
SQL nameResNoThe database field name.
API identifierresourceNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4346 
Table 38. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
ResourceResource
  • Res. no.

Reserve NOW

Used for reservation of parts of the order line.

The value in the Not reserved field is the threshold value for entry in the Reserve NOW field. A negative number in the field withdraws the reservations.
Note:
On withdrawing a reservation this is done in the opposite order to how the reservation was made, regardless of whether the last reservation was reserved from stock or from inflow.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameRsvNThe database field name.
API identifierreserveNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6137 

Reserved

How much of the total quantity that is reserved. Calculated on the basis of the values in the Reserved from stock and Reserved from inflow fields.

If goods are returned, discarded, replaced or invoiced/realised, reservations are cancelled.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierreservedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15962 

Reserved from inflow

How much of the total quantity that is reserved from inflow; the total of the values in the Reserved from inflow field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.

If goods are returned, discarded, replaced or invoiced/realised, reservations are cancelled.
Note:
To be able to reserve from inflow you must select Reserve from shipments with inflow qty. in the Reservation processing field in the Company information table. For allocated orders, the reservation is performed regardless of whether this option is selected.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoRsvIncThe database field name.
API identifierreservedFromInflowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number15963 

Reserved from stock

How much of the total quantity that is reserved from stock; the total of the values in the Reserved from stock field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.

If goods are returned, discarded, replaced or invoiced/realised, reservations are cancelled.

Note:
If you select the One reservation line per unit at stock reduction check box, but not the Reserve serial no. at picking check box in the Processing method field in the Order line table, only available stock will be picked, and this field will not be updated.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoRsvThe database field name.
API identifierreservedFromStockThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5001 

Responsible

The person responsible. You normally enter the official in the order head, but can override the field in the order lines.

The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEmpl. no.Integer
SQL nameRspThe database field name.
API identifierofficialThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3373 
Table 39. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateOfficial
  • Responsible

Return NOW

How much, if any, you will like to return now from hire or loan without running the Returned processing in the Order, Order line or Reservation table.

When you save the quantity is updated in the Returned field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameRetNThe database field name.
API identifierreturnNowThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5014 

Returned

How much has been returned from hire or loan.

Tip:
If you want to change returned quantity, you can use the Return NOW field to increase or reduce the returned quantity or you can run the Returned processing in the Order, Order line or Reservation table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameNoRetThe database field name.
API identifierreturnedThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4405 

Rounding amount

The truncate amount for the product, in the actual currency.

If you select the Suggest price after discount and rounding check box in the Proc. method 1 field, the net price is rounded off to the nearest amount divisible by the entered truncate amount for the product. This requires that you do not save between entering the product number and referring to the price and discount matrix.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierroundingAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6403 

Saturday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD6HrThe database field name.
API identifiersaturdayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8147 

Saturday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiersaturdayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12450 

Scan doc. no.

The ID of the scanned document.

Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL namePLDNoThe database field name.
API identifierscanDocumentNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11190 

Scan status

The status of the scanned document.

Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Scanned document
2 - Document on flow
4 - Document finished
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainScan statusInteger
SQL namePLDFlowThe database field name.
API identifierscanStatusThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11191 

Seller/buyer

You normally enter the seller/buyer in the order head, but can override the value in the order lines.

The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEmpl. no.Integer
SQL nameSelBuyThe database field name.
API identifiersellerOrBuyerThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3372 
Table 40. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateSellerOrBuyer
  • Seller/buyer

Sent date

The date on purchase orders when the goods were sent from the supplier.

The date is set when you run the Sent processing.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameRlDelDtThe database field name.
API identifiersentDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6308 

Sent week

The date on purchase orders when the goods were sent from the supplier saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiersentWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6307 

Serial no.

The serial number for goods you receive and the number is included in shipments.

When you enter a serial number in the field, the shipment is updated with the lowest shipment number that this serial number matches.

When you enter the shipment number and the serial number is loaded, there is no check on the serial number. If you re-renter the serial number, a check is performed on the serial number.

If you have set up the product to produce a shipment for each serial number when stock increases, or to produce a reservation for each serial number when stock is reduced, and the Quantity field is greater than 1, you must enter the serial number in the reservation lines.

Note:
If the Serial no. field is blank on the order line, the reservations will not be overwritten if there is a value in Serial no. in the Reservation table at stock increase.
Note:
If you want to add in serial no. before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you can select the "Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no." field under the "Serial no." tab in the Processing method dialog box on the order line.
Note:
The field is editable in the product transaction table and can affect regeneration of stock balance.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSerial no.Text (40)
SQL nameSerNoThe database field name.
API identifierserialNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3714 

Settlem. date

The invoice date for order lines which include a settlement.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameLstSetDtThe database field name.
API identifiersettlementDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3055 

Settlem. week

The invoice date for order lines which include a settlement saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiersettlementWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3056 

Share

As an alternative to enter the price directly, the price can be calculated as a share of the Contract amount. Alternatively the price can be calculated as a share of the Inc. cost total, if you have select the Share calculated from total incurred costs check box on the Price page in the Processing method dialog.

The price is calculated when you enter the share and again when you print order documents.

If you change the Contract amount or Inc. cost total field on the order, the order lines in which share is entered are updated with new values. Lines that have been invoiced are not updated.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPercentDecimal
SQL nameShrThe database field name.
API identifiershareThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3057 

Shipment no.

The shipment from which the goods are taken or to which the goods are delivered. The field contains no value if it is not overridden, as this information is contained in the Reservation table.

If the product is set up as a serial no. product and with a check in Calculate Finish NOW when entering serial no. in the Processing method dialog box, this will also retrieve the respective shipment for this serial number.

Note:
You can turn off the function for restricting in the dialog box for the Order processing 1 field in the Company information table. If you select the field No selection on warehouse/product on shipment lookup the look-up shows all shipments regardless of the product.
Note:
To be able to reserve to shipment with an inflow quantity you must select Reserve from shipments with inflow qty. in the Reservation processing field in the Company information table.
Note:
The Processing method Allow non-existent shipment numbers will not be applicable on stock transfer orders.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShipment no.Integer
SQL nameShpNoThe database field name.
API identifiershipmentNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3713 
Table 41. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
ShipmentShipment
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Sort seq. no.

The order of the lines.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSort seq. no.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameSrtThe database field name.
API identifiersortSequenceNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3028 

Source type

Information about the origin of the transaction.

The Source type field is copied to the Product transaction table. Product transactions that occur without being entered for an order are also given a value in the Source type field.

The automatically generated transactions are labelled as to their origin (for example reminder, interest note or payments). The "Origin" field is copied to the Product transaction table. Product transactions that occur without being entered for an order are also given a value in the "Origin" field.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Manually
2 - EDI
3 - Agreements
4 - Time to next order
5 - Generated order
6 - Split order
7 - Order copy
8 - Transfer
9 - Separate
10 - Credit order
11 - Outlay
12 - Purchase suggestion
13 - Add line
14 - Imported
15 - Stock count
16 - Visma Business Services
17 - AutoInvoice
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder originInteger
SQL nameSrcTpThe database field name.
API identifiersourceTypeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number13780 

Sp. tax code

The special tax code for the transaction.

You can override special tax processing in the VAT- and accounting information table.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - % of standard unit price
2 - % of line amount (after line discounts)
3 - % of line amount after distributed group and total discounts
4 - Fixed amount per unit
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSp. tax codeInteger
SQL nameSpcTxCdThe database field name.
API identifierspecialTaxCodeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4195 

Standard price

A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in the actual currency.

The standard price can also be used as the basis when calculating special tax. You can override this function for each individual product by selecting the field Do not calculate discount from standard price in the Processing method.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameStPrThe database field name.
API identifierstandardPriceInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2974 

Standard price (dom.)

A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDStPrThe database field name.
API identifierstandardPriceDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3591 

Standard price in EURO

A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in Euro.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
Source columnStandard priceEuro
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierstandardPriceInEuroThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7752 

Stat. value 1

This is a free field where you can enter break line totals.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameStat1The database field name.
API identifierstatisticsValue1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5563 

Stat. value 2

This is a free field where you can enter break line totals.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameStat2The database field name.
API identifierstatisticsValue2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5564 

Stock measure

The display unit of stock values.

When joining the Stock balance, Shipment or Stock change tables to the order lines, the stock level fields, cost prices and consignment costs are recalculated according to the value in this field.

The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Quantity in base unit
2 - Length
3 - Area
4 - Volume
5 - Net weight
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainStock measureInteger
SQL nameMeasureThe database field name.
API identifierstockMeasureThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5958 

Struct. head line no.

Can be used to link order lines and the main product in an expanded structure.

On an order you can link expanded order lines that belong together and the main product in a structure. When you have such a link after expanding you can use these in connection with calculation of quantity and calculation of time and date.

When the structure is expanded the expanded order lines will be linked to the structure head on the level above by inheriting the order line number that the structure head has for this order.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameStHLnNoThe database field name.
API identifierstructureHeadLineNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11968 
Table 42. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Order lineStructureHeadOrderLine
  • Order no.
  • Struct. head line no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Structure level

When a structure is expanded, the structure lines are given the level of the structure head + 1.

A structure line thus has structure level 1 when the structure head has structure level 0. Any substructure lines have the value 2 and so on.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainStructure levelInteger
SQL nameStrStThe database field name.
API identifierstructureLevelThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3673 

Suggested price

The suggested price.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPriceDecimal
SQL nameSugPrThe database field name.
API identifiersuggestedPriceThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9268 

Sunday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD7HrThe database field name.
API identifiersundayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8148 

Sunday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiersundayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12451 

Sup. no.

The supplier of the product.

If you have not entered the supplier number in the order head, you can enter it in the order lines. You can use the Split processing to split the order up into one order per supplier.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSup. no.Integer
SQL nameSupNoThe database field name.
API identifiersupplierNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2958 
Table 43. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
AssociateSupplier
  • Sup. no.

Tare

The packaging weight of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

Allows prices and discounts to be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary quantity field but also the Tare field.

The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameTareLThe database field name.
API identifiertareThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5940 

Tare per unit

The tare of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameTareUThe database field name.
API identifiertarePerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5922 

Thursday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD4HrThe database field name.
API identifierthursdayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8145 

Thursday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierthursdayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12448 

Time to next

On invoicing a new order line is added, if you specified the number of months to the next invoicing in the Time to next field.

Alternatively, you can enter the number of weeks if you have checked the Weeks instead of months box in the Processing method dialog box.

The new order lines have the same information as the original ones. However, the date fields increase by the relevant number of months or weeks. The fields which show how far the processing of the order lines has progressed are reset.
Note:
If you use this function when loaning stock goods, you must also select No stock handling on new line in the Processing method for the Product.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameInvoMthThe database field name.
API identifiertimeToNextThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6194 

To

Used in conjunction with the From field for calculating the quantity.

When the quantity is calculated as the difference between to and from, it can be expressed as a quantity, time, date or factor, depending on the quantity format selected on the Editing page in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table.

In connection with hire/loan, you can enter the hire start date in this field when the quantity format is set to date.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameToNoThe database field name.
API identifiertoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2966 

Total lead time

Suggested from the Delivery alternative table in purchase order lines, and from the Stock balance table in sales order lines.

See also: Total lead time

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiertotalLeadTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6382 

Total quantity

The total invoiceable/realisable quantity, which is the sum of the outstanding quantity and the finished quantity.

The field assumes the value you enter in the Quantity field and remains unchanged when you finish. If you increase or reduce the value in the Quantity field, the Total quantity field is also changed.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiertotalQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4721 

Trans. date

The transaction date for the order.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameTrDtThe database field name.
API identifiertransactionDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2954 

Trans. group 1

A group to which the order line belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Transaction group 1 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 20.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Transaction group 1 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransaction group 1Integer
SQL nameTransGrThe database field name.
API identifiertransactionGroup1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4328 

Trans. group 2

A group to which the order line belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Transaction group 2 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 59.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Transaction group 2 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransaction group 2Integer
SQL nameTransGr2The database field name.
API identifiertransactionGroup2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5031 

Trans. group 3

A group to which the order line belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Transaction group 3 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 110.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Transaction group 3 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransaction group 3Integer
SQL nameTransGr3The database field name.
API identifiertransactionGroup3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6099 

Trans. group 4

A group to which the order line belongs.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.

Transaction group 4 texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 111.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Transaction group 4 in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransaction group 4Integer
SQL nameTransGr4The database field name.
API identifiertransactionGroup4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6100 

Trans. information 1

Optional field for additional information.

Note:
You can finish an order on the basis of Trans. information 1 using the Finish processing in the Order table.
Note:
Trans. information 2 is used for the customer's product number if you have selected the Suggest customer product no. option in the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTrans. information @Text (40)
SQL nameTrInf1The database field name.
API identifiertransactionInformation1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6117 

Trans. information 2

Optional field for additional information.

Note:
You can finish an order on the basis of Trans. information 1 using the Finish processing in the Order table.
Note:
Trans. information 2 is used for the customer's product number if you have selected the Suggest customer product no. option in the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTrans. information @Text (40)
SQL nameTrInf2The database field name.
API identifiertransactionInformation2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number6118 

Trans. information 3

Optional field for additional information.

Note:
You can finish an order on the basis of Trans. information 1 using the Finish processing in the Order table.
Note:
Trans. information 2 is used for the customer's product number if you have selected the Suggest customer product no. option in the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTrans. information @Text (40)
SQL nameTrInf3The database field name.
API identifiertransactionInformation3The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7082 

Trans. information 4

Optional field for additional information.

Note:
You can finish an order on the basis of Trans. information 1 using the Finish processing in the Order table.
Note:
Trans. information 2 is used for the customer's product number if you have selected the Suggest customer product no. option in the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.

The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTrans. information @Text (40)
SQL nameTrInf4The database field name.
API identifiertransactionInformation4The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7083 

Trans. week

The transaction date for the order saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiertransactionWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5625 

Transaction type

The transaction type for the product defining the way the goods move in or out of the warehouse.

Note:
It is not possible to change the transaction type in an order line that is Reserved, Picked or Finished; in this case you must withdraw the reservation.
A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
1 - Sales
Normal sale.

The goods move out of the warehouse.

2 - Hire
Hire against payment.

The goods move out of the warehouse.

3 - Loan
Loan of goods without payment.

The goods move out of the warehouse.

4 - Adjustment/internal issue
Registration of goods that have been lost.

The goods move out of the warehouse.

5 - Further processing
Internal consumption of goods for further processing.

The goods move out of the warehouse.

6 - Purchase
Goods that are purchased from other parties.

The goods move into of the warehouse.

7 - Production
Goods produced by the company itself.

The goods move into of the warehouse.

8 - Stock transfer
Transfer of stock between the company's own warehouses.

You can also use this transaction type when performing a stock transfer of unrealised transactions. It is not possible to reserve or finish inflow transactions on stock transfer orders.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransaction typeInteger
SQL nameTrTpThe database field name.
API identifiertransactionTypeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5012 

Transf. shipment no.

Can be used in connection with stock transfers and hire/loan, if you need to return the goods to a shipment other than the one from which they were taken.

Using this field you can reserve an order line for a specific shipment during order entry. If the entire quantity cannot be reserved for the same shipment, you can join to the Reservation table and reserve for as many shipments as you want.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainShipment no.Integer
SQL nameToShpNoThe database field name.
API identifiertransferToShipmentNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4806 
Table 44. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
ShipmentOtherShipment
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Transf. shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Transf. to location

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainLocationText (18)
SQL nameToLocThe database field name.
API identifiertransferToLocationThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number16408 
Table 45. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
LocationStockTransferLocation
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Transf. to location
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Transf. to warehouse

Overrides the equivalent field in the order head and you can use it for stock transfers or hire/loan if the goods are returned to a warehouse other than the one from which they were taken.

If empty, the Warehouse no. field is used. This means that you must change the sequence of the shipments in the same warehouse when performing a transfer, and return the products to the same warehouse from which they were taken in the case of hire/loan orders.
Note:
When following up cost prices a cost price change is captured on the first stock transfer, but if this is an unconfirmed shipment that is created on the basis of the stock transfer, the cost price changes are not included in the second stock transfer.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWarehouse no.Integer
SQL nameToStcThe database field name.
API identifiertransferToWarehouseNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3757 
Table 46. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
WarehouseTransferToWarehouse
  • Transf. to warehouse
LocationStockTransferLocation
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Transf. to location
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
ShipmentOtherShipment
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Transf. shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock balanceToStockBalance
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeToStockChange
  • Product no.
  • Transf. to warehouse
  • Expected return date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Transferred to order no.

If you need to transfer an order line to another order, enter the order number of the new order in this field. Then use the Transfer processing in the Order table.

You can use this, among other things, for keeping hours. The individual employees can have their own temporary orders with totals in the order head, in the same way as voucher batches.
Note:
A number of values are imported from the order number you enter in this field. The order type will always be imported from "Transfer to order no.", although not if the transaction type is 4 - Adjustment/internal issue or 5 - Further processing in the order line, as it must be possible to transfer an adjustment/internal issue or consumed goods line to another order.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainOrder no.Integer
SQL nameTrfOrdNoThe database field name.
API identifiertransferredToOrderNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7981 
Table 47. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
OrderTransferToOrder
  • Transferred to order no.

Transp. agr. no.

The supplier's transport agreement number.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTransp. agr. no.Integer
SQL nameTspAgrNoThe database field name.
API identifiertransportAgreementNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number9067 
Table 48. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Transport agreementTransportAgreement
  • Transp. agr. no.

Transport time

The number of days it takes to transport the product from the supplier to your warehouse or directly to the customer.

Note:
If you have selected Do not update time fields in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table, you cannot change this value. The value from the Stock balance table is used.

For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.

For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDaysInteger
SQL nameTanspTmThe database field name.
API identifiertransportTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3065 

Tuesday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD2HrThe database field name.
API identifiertuesdayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8143 

Tuesday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiertuesdayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12446 

Unit

The unit for the product.

The default unit from the Delivery alternative table if it is entered, or the Default unit from the Product table.

Unit texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 16.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Unit in the Text table.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainUnitInteger
SQL nameUnThe database field name.
API identifierunitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2963 
Table 49. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
UnitUnit
  • Unit

Unrealised number

The unrealised quantity.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierunrealisedQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number13765 

Use by date

The use by date for goods you receive.

The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
SQL nameDurDtThe database field name.
API identifieruseByDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3716 

Use by week

The use by date for goods you receive saved as day of week number, week number and year.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeekInteger
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifieruseByWeekThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5629 

VAT amount

The VAT amount , in the actual currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainVAT amountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameVatAmThe database field name.
API identifiervatAmountInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4197 

VAT amount (dom.)

The VAT amount , in the default currency.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainVAT amountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameDVatAmThe database field name.
API identifiervatAmountDomesticThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number4743 

VAT and accounting group

The VAT and accounting group for the product that controls tax processing and determines which accounts and organisational units are used for accounting.

Together with the account set on the Order line, this field refers to the VAT- and accounting information table.

If you do not complete this field in the Product table, the Default VAT and accounting group is retrieved from the Company information table.

VAT and accounting group texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 17.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a VAT and accounting group in the Text table.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainVAT and accounting groupInteger
SQL nameProdGrThe database field name.
API identifiertaxAndAccountingGroupThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number3377 
Table 50. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
VAT- and accounting informationTaxAndAccountingInformation
  • VAT and accounting group
  • Account set
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
VAT and accounting groupTaxAndAccGroup
  • VAT and accounting group

VAT basis amount

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainAmountDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifiervatBasisInCurrencyThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number16548 

VAT code

The tax code from the order.

In the VAT code field in the order head you can override the tax code.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainVAT codeInteger
SQL nameVatNoThe database field name.
API identifiertaxCodeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2982 
Table 51. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
VAT codeTaxCode
  • VAT code

VAT rate

The VAT rate on the line.

On order documents you can choose to edit out the VAT rate.

The VAT rate will be copied from the order line to the product transaction. The VAT rate will be updated from the order line if it has been changed after the product transaction was created and before the invoice was printed.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainPercentDecimal
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameVatRtThe database field name.
API identifiervatRateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number16312 

Visma external ID

Used to connect order lines with other Visma products.

This field is reserved for Visma integrations and should not be used on customer integrations.

Order lines created from Visma.net Expense will have claim id in the field.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDoc. no.Text (40)
SQL nameVExIDThe database field name.
API identifiervismaExternalIdThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number18202 

Visma ID

The ID of the scanned document.

Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainNo.Integer
SQL nameWfIdThe database field name.
API identifiervismaIdThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number11189 

Volume

The volume of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.

This field allows prices and discounts to be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary Quantity field but also the Volume field. This field is totalled in the order head in order to be able to calculate the order's total volume.

The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameVolLThe database field name.
API identifiervolumeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5944 

Volume per unit

The volume of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameVolUThe database field name.
API identifiervolumePerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5928 

Voucher jour. no.

The voucher journal number for the row and is used in connection with client management and prepayment routines that must have this reference.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainJournal no.Integer
SQL nameJNoThe database field name.
API identifiervoucherJournalNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8590 
Table 52. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Customer transactionCustomerTransaction
  • Voucher jour. no.
  • Audit no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Wage info 1

Can be used for integration with payroll systems.

You complete the fields if you have a wage sort which requires additional information for presentation in the employee's PAYE report. When transferring from appointments, the value from there is used.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWage info 1Integer
SQL nameAdWage1The database field name.
API identifierpayrollInformation1The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2996 

Wage info 2

Can be used for integration with payroll systems.

You complete the fields if you have a wage sort which requires additional information for presentation in the employee's PAYE report. When transferring from appointments, the value from there is used.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWage info 2Integer
SQL nameAdWage2The database field name.
API identifierpayrollInformation2The API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2997 

Wage rate no.

The rate to be used for the wage sort in the transfer to the wage file.

The value is transferred to the Appointment table. It will be used when appointments are exported to file and sent to the wage system.

Wage rate no. texts for different languages can be defined in the Text table. These texts has text type 15.
Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a Wage rate no. in the Text table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWage rate no.Integer
SQL nameWageRtNoThe database field name.
API identifierpayrollRateNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2956 

Wage sort

The type of wage used in the transfer to the wage file.

The value is transferred to the Appointment table. It will be used when appointments are exported to file and sent to the wage system.

Tip:
It is recommended to place the wage sort in the Product table, to avoid typing it in the Appointment table for each appointment.
Note:
There is no validation against the Wage sort register. The value must correspond with the payroll system.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWage sortText (10)
SQL nameWageSrtThe database field name.
API identifierpayrollSortThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2995 

Warehouse no.

The warehouse from which the goods are collected or to which the goods are delivered.

When you enter a value in the Delivery associate no. field, the warehouse number is suggested.

Increase order lines that do not have reservation rows, for example credit orders with transaction type 1 - Sales, are not blocked from changing the warehouse number.

You can change the Warehouse no. on order lines that lead to a stock increase as long as it has not be reserved by other orders, or as long as something has been realised on the order line.

Note:
If something is finished on the line, this will be withdrawn if the warehouse no is changed and it must be finished again against the new warehouse.

When processing the order lines, the information in the order head is used if it has not been filled in in the order lines. Information specified in the order lines overrides the information in the order head. This applies, for example, to warehouse numbers. The warehouse number specified in the order line overrides the warehouse number specified in the order head. The warehouse number in the order head is suggested again based on the consignee. If a consignee is not specially specified, it is the same as the customer or supplier, depending on the transaction type.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWarehouse no.Integer
SQL nameFrStcThe database field name.
API identifierwarehouseNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number2962 
Table 53. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
WarehouseWarehouse
  • Warehouse no.
ShipmentShipment
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Shipment no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
LocationLocation
  • Warehouse no.
  • Location
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock balanceFromStockBalance
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeFromStockChangeNotOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Confirmed delivery date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.
Stock changeFromStockChangeOnPurchase
  • Product no.
  • Warehouse no.
  • Arrival/departure date
This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others.

Web page

The address of a web page for the order line. The default value is the web page from the product.

Double-click or press * to open the web page in your web browser.

Alternatively the field can be used to refer to documents or other files. Double-click or press * in the empty field to open the Select file dialog box.

On the Design tab, in the Insert group, you can click on Web page to visualise the document or web page on the screen.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainWeb pageText (260)
SQL nameWebPgThe database field name.
API identifierwebPageThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8929 

Wednesday

The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.

The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.

If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0:30.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainSigned time lengthInteger
SQL nameD3HrThe database field name.
API identifierwednesdayThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number8144 

Wednesday quantity

The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.

The total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
If you have spent half an hour the value in this field will be 0,5.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
Memory fieldYesThe value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database.
API identifierwednesdayQuantityThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number12447 

Width per unit

The width of the product in the relevant per unit factor.

Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainQuantityDecimal
SQL nameWdtUThe database field name.
API identifierwidthPerUnitThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number5925 

Year/Per.

The statistics period within which the transaction date falls. If Statistical periods is not filled in, the year and month from the transaction date are used.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainYear/Per.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameYrPrThe database field name.
API identifieryearAndPeriodThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
Number7211 
Table 54. Table relations
To tablePurposeFrom columnsTo columnsComments
Statistics periodStatisticsPeriod
  • Year/Per.

Control columns

Control columns include information about who has changed the record last and when, and which process that is currently editing the record.

Changed by provenance

The provenance for the record change.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:

0 - None

1 - UI

10 - External API

20 - GAiA

21 - AI Connect

100 - Internal service

101 - Task automation

102 - AutoInvoice download

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProvenanceInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChPvnThe database field name.
API identifierchangedByProvenanceThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Changed by user

The name of the user that changed the record.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainUser nameText (24)
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChUsrThe database field name.
API identifierchangedByUserThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Changed date

The date when the record was changed.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChDtThe database field name.
API identifierchangedDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Changed time

The time when the record was changed.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTimeInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChTmThe database field name.
API identifierchangedTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Changed time stamp

The date and time when the record was changed.

The field is updated with the UTC time.

This value can be used by external systems to replicate changed data. The column is indexed. 

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDate/timeDateTime
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChTsThe database field name.
API identifierchangedTimestampThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Created by provenance

The provenance for the record creation.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:

0 - None

1 - UI

10 - External API

20 - GAiA

21 - AI Connect

100 - Internal service

101 - Task automation

102 - AutoInvoice download

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProvenanceInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCrePvnThe database field name.
API identifiercreatedByProvenanceThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Created by user

The name of the user that created the record.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainUser nameText (24)
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCreUsrThe database field name.
API identifiercreatedByUserThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Created date

The date when the record was created.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDateInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCreDtThe database field name.
API identifiercreatedDateThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Created time

The time when the record was created.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainTimeInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCreTmThe database field name.
API identifiercreatedTimeThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Created time stamp

The date and time when the record was created.

The field is updated with the UTC time.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainDate/timeDateTime
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameCreTsThe database field name.
API identifiercreatedTimestampThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Edit status

The current status of the record.

A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:

0 - Unchanged: The record is read, but not changed.

1 - Inserted: The record is new.

2 - Changed: The record is changed.

3 - Deleted: The record is deleted.

PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainEdit statusInteger
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameLckStThe database field name.
API identifiereditStatusThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 

Process no

The Process no. from the Active company process table which is currently using or has control of this record.

Note:
If you double-click or press * in this field, you can look up a value in the related table.
PropertyValueDescription
Visible by defaultNoThis field is not visible by default in the table display.
DomainProcess no.Integer
Write AccessNoneYou are not allowed to modify the value in this field.
SQL nameChPrcThe database field name.
API identifierlockedByProcessNoThe API identifier used in GraphQL.
NumberA unique column number. 
Table 55. Table relations
To table Purpose From columns To columns Comments
Active company process CompanyProcess Process no. Process no.